-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, K4uM5Em/xA7XDIUGrRCC/xa10gn0dRb+RbavJSvkcdBdtLO8/oDJY1wlIXQNfPIq dV13yrKASgKPurU2Hc4qMw== 0001171200-09-000109.txt : 20090323 0001171200-09-000109.hdr.sgml : 20090323 20090320173130 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001171200-09-000109 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 8 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20081231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20090323 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20090320 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: BANCTRUST FINANCIAL GROUP INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000783739 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS [6021] IRS NUMBER: 630909434 STATE OF INCORPORATION: AL FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-15423 FILM NUMBER: 09697157 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 100 ST JOSEPH ST STREET 2: P O BOX 3067 CITY: MOBILE STATE: AL ZIP: 36602 BUSINESS PHONE: 2514317800 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: SOUTH ALABAMA BANCORPORATION INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 20010411 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: MOBILE NATIONAL CORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19920703 10-K 1 i00043_banctrust-10k.htm

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Form 10-K


 

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

For the transition period from          to


 

Commission File No. 0-15423

 


BANCTRUST FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 



 

 

 

Alabama

 

63-0909434

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

100 Saint Joseph Street

 

36602

Mobile, Alabama
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

 

 

251-431-7800

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

 


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

COMMON STOCK $.01 PAR

(Title of class)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

(Title of class)

 


          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Act. Yes o No x

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in the definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Smaller reporting

o

 

x

 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

company o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No x

          Aggregate market value of the Common Stock ($.01 Par) held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008 (assuming that all executive officers, directors and 5% shareholders are affiliates): $106,505,571

 

          Shares of Common Stock ($.01 Par) outstanding at March 11, 2009: 17,667,629


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

          Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2009 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.



[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

2


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

Item 1:

 

Business

 

5

Item 1A:

 

Risk Factors

 

18

Item 1B:

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

25

Item 2:

 

Properties

 

25

Item 3:

 

Legal Proceedings

 

25

Item 4:

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

25

 

PART II

 

Item 5:

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

26

Item 6:

 

Selected Financial Data

 

29

Item 7:

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

 

31

Item 7A:

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

54

Item 8:

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

55

Item 9:

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

96

Item 9A:

 

Controls and Procedures

 

97

Item 9B:

 

Other Information

 

98

 

PART III

 

Item 10:

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

98

Item 11:

 

Executive Compensation

 

98

Item 12:

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

98

Item 13:

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

98

Item 14:

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

98

 

PART IV

 

Item 15:

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

99

3


PART I

Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

          This Annual Report on Form 10-K, other periodic reports filed by us under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and any other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of BancTrust may include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. These statements can be identified by our use of words like “expect,” “may,” “could,” “intend,” “project,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “should,” “will,” “plan,” “believe,” “continue,” “predict,” “contemplate” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views, but they are based on assumptions and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other variables that may cause actual results to differ materially from the views, beliefs and projections expressed in such statements, including, in addition to the items discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K, the following:

 

 

 

 

competitive pressures among depository and other financial institutions may increase significantly;

 

 

 

 

changes in the interest rate environment may reduce margins;

 

 

 

 

general economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and/or a reduction in demand for credit;

 

 

 

 

legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, may adversely affect the business in which we are engaged;

 

 

 

 

we may be unable to obtain required shareholder or regulatory approval for any proposed acquisitions;

 

 

 

 

deposit attrition, customer loss or revenue loss following acquisitions may be greater than expected;

 

 

 

 

competitors may have greater financial resources and develop products that enable our competitors to compete more successfully than we can compete; and

 

 

 

 

adverse changes may occur in the equity markets.

          We caution you not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Report on Form 10-K in the case of forward-looking statements contained herein.

          We expressly qualify in their entirety all written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We do not intend to update or revise, and we assume no responsibility for updating or revising, any forward-looking statement contained in this Report on Form 10-K, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

4


Item 1. Business

General

          BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. is a bank holding company headquartered in Mobile, Alabama and incorporated in the state of Alabama. We provide a comprehensive array of traditional financial services through 41 bank offices in the southern two-thirds of Alabama and 10 bank offices in northwest Florida. We operate a subsidiary bank, BankTrust, headquartered in Mobile, Alabama (the “Bank”). We refer to BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiary as “we,” “us,” and “our” and as “BancTrust” and the “Company” throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

          At December 31, 2008, we had total consolidated assets of approximately $2.088 billion, total consolidated deposits of approximately $1.662 billion and total consolidated shareholders’ equity of approximately $289.4 million.

          In October of 2007, we acquired The Peoples BancTrust Company, Inc. (“Peoples”), a bank holding company headquartered in Selma, Alabama that operated 23 branches throughout the central part of the state of Alabama. The acquisition of Peoples was accounted for under the purchase accounting method as required by United States generally accepted accounting principles. Under this method of accounting, the financial statements of the Company do not reflect the results of operations or the financial condition of Peoples prior to October 15, 2007. Therefore, balances at December 31, 2007 include Peoples’ total assets of approximately $969 million, total loans of approximately $612 million, total deposits of approximately $747 million, goodwill of approximately $54 million and a core deposit intangible of approximately $11 million. The Company issued approximately 6.3 million shares of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. common stock and paid $38 million cash in connection with its acquisition of Peoples. This acquisition has made comparison to prior periods less useful as a means of judging the Company’s performance in 2008.

          In August of 2008 we sold three offices in and around Tuscaloosa, Alabama that were acquired in the Peoples purchase.

          In June of 2008, we merged BankTrust, our Florida banking subsidiary, into the Bank, resulting in a one bank holding company.

     Our Banking Subsidiary

          Through our subsidiary Bank, we offer a wide range of lending services, including real estate, consumer and commercial loans, to individuals, small businesses and other organizations that are located in or conduct a substantial portion of their business in our markets. We also offer a full array of retail and commercial deposit products and fee-based services to support our customers’ financial needs, including checking accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit. For our commercial customers we also offer cash management services such as lock-box, sweep accounts and remote deposit. Other traditional services offered include drive-in banking and night deposit facilities, 24-hour automated teller machines, internet banking, debit and credit card services and telephone banking. We currently operate 51 bank offices.

     Our Ancillary Products and Services

          In addition to our traditional banking services, we also offer our customers a full array of trust services through our trust department. In addition to trust services, we offer our customers certain investment and insurance products through our Bank.

5


          The following table sets forth information regarding our Company as of December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollars in thousands

 

 

 


 

Banking offices

 

 

51

 

Employees

 

 

621

 

Loans (net of unearned income)

 

$

1,533,806

 

Investments

 

 

221,879

 

Total assets

 

 

2,088,177

 

Deposits

 

 

1,662,477

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

289,388

 

Interest Income

 

 

108,092

 

Net income

 

 

1,256

 

Market Areas and Competition

          We offer banking services in 15 counties in Alabama and three counties in Florida. Trust services are offered throughout Alabama and Florida through our trust department, and investment and certain insurance products are offered to all of our markets.

          The following tables set forth our Bank’s total deposits and market share by county as of June 30, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alabama Counties

 

Number of
Branches

 

Our Market
Deposits

 

Total Market
Deposits

 

Ranking

 

Market Share
Percentage

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Autauga

 

3

 

 

$

88,600

 

$

456,274

 

1

 

 

19.42

%

 

Baldwin

 

4

 

 

 

44,206

 

 

3,133,466

 

11

 

 

1.41

 

 

Barbour

 

2

 

 

 

84,062

 

 

436,180

 

3

 

 

19.27

 

 

Bibb (1)

 

2

 

 

 

43,048

 

 

188,569

 

3

 

 

22.83

 

 

Butler

 

4

 

 

 

86,646

 

 

283,714

 

1

 

 

30.54

 

 

Dallas

 

3

 

 

 

181,691

 

 

494,666

 

1

 

 

36.73

 

 

Elmore

 

4

 

 

 

105,456

 

 

698,349

 

2

 

 

15.10

 

 

Escambia

 

3

 

 

 

123,642

 

 

600,906

 

2

 

 

20.58

 

 

Jefferson

 

2

 

 

 

1,593

 

 

19,333,287

 

33

 

 

0.01

 

 

Lee

 

2

 

 

 

76,514

 

 

1,809,446

 

9

 

 

4.22

 

 

Marengo

 

2

 

 

 

79,218

 

 

425,051

 

3

 

 

18.64

 

 

Mobile

 

7

 

 

 

341,120

 

 

5,370,150

 

5

 

 

6.35

 

 

Monroe

 

2

 

 

 

104,958

 

 

321,013

 

1

 

 

32.70

 

 

Montgomery

 

3

 

 

 

51,111

 

 

5,590,821

 

11

 

 

0.91

 

 

Shelby

 

2

 

 

 

79,459

 

 

2,236,903

 

9

 

 

3.55

 

 

Tuscaloosa(1)

 

2

 

 

 

9,809

 

 

2,416,494

 

14

 

 

0.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) One Bibb County branch and both Tuscaloosa branches were sold effective August 2008.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Florida Counties

 

Number of
Branches

 

Our Market
Deposits

 

Total Market
Deposits

 

Ranking

 

Market Share
Percentage

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Bay

 

3

 

 

$

31,644

 

$

2,392,106

 

12

 

 

1.32

%

 

Okaloosa

 

3

 

 

 

32,539

 

 

3,271,700

 

19

 

 

0.99

 

 

Walton

 

4

 

 

 

139,976

 

 

832,566

 

2

 

 

16.81

 

 

          The foregoing data was obtained from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

6


          The banking industry is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our market from many other financial institutions. Competition among financial institutions is based upon interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans, other credit and service charges relating to loans, the quality and scope of the services rendered, the convenience of banking facilities and, in the case of loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, finance companies, insurance companies, mortgage companies, securities brokerage firms and money market mutual funds, as well as super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in our market areas. We compete with these institutions both in attracting deposits and in making loans. In addition, we have to attract our customer base from other existing financial institutions and new residents. Many of our competitors are larger financial institutions with substantially greater resources and lending limits such as Regions, RBC Bank (formerly RBC Centura and which now includes Alabama National Bancorporation), Compass and Wachovia (which is now part of Wells Fargo).

          We believe our commitment to quality, personalized banking services, efficient delivery of services, competitive product pricing, convenience and personal and local contacts with our customers are factors that allow us to compete effectively with these financial institutions.

Overall Business Strategy

          Our business strategy is to deliver a full range of bank and banking related products and services in a responsive and personalized manner. We strive to present a focused message to our customers, emphasizing our commitment to their interest and our markets. Our employees are expected to be actively involved in all aspects of the community in which they operate. We also maintain local advisory boards in certain of our markets to further enhance our connection and knowledge of these markets. We are able to compete effectively with larger financial institutions by providing superior customer service with localized decision-making capabilities. The holding company provides corporate oversight and efficiencies in certain “back office” areas such as loan review, marketing and business development, certain personnel matters, accounting, auditing, compliance and information technology.

     Strategic Plan

          Our Board of Directors has adopted a comprehensive Strategic Plan for our consolidated operations. This formal plan provides strategic goals and time-frames for the accomplishments of those goals and provides our executive leadership with guidelines for the operation of our business through the year 2010. Our Strategic Plan focuses on several different operational aspects of our business and includes the following:

 

 

 

 

Growth and market expansion;

 

 

 

 

Financial performance and liquidity goals;

 

 

 

 

Credit culture;

 

 

 

 

Personnel development;

 

 

 

 

Management succession;

 

 

 

 

Technology infrastructure; and

 

 

 

 

Marketing and product development.

Lending Activities and Credit Administration

          We originate loans primarily in the categories of commercial, commercial real estate, individual and commercial construction and consumer. We also make available to our customers fixed-rate, longer-term real estate mortgage loans in the residential real estate mortgage area. We are able to offer, through third party arrangements, certain mortgage loan products that do not require the longer-term loans to be carried on our books. These products allow us to gain the benefit of a larger variety of product offerings and have generated a significant amount of fee income for us for the last several years. These fees come from first and second home purchases, as well as from home owners who have elected to refinance their home loans. The loan portfolio mix varies throughout our market areas. Generally speaking, we make loans with relatively short maturities or, in the case of loans with longer maturities, we attempt to issue loans with floating rate arrangements whenever possible. The largest component of our loan portfolio is loans secured by real estate mortgages. We obtain a security interest in real estate, whenever possible, in addition to any other available collateral, in order to increase the likelihood of the ultimate repayment of the loan. These loans will generally fall into one of four categories: (1) commercial, financial and agricultural loans; (2) real estate construction loans; (3) real estate mortgage loans; and (4) installment or consumer loans.

          Our loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 and for each of the previous four years was comprised as follows:

7


DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS BY CATEGORY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial, and agricultural

 

$

349,897

 

$

381,366

 

$

196,136

 

$

168,645

 

$

176,145

 

Real estate - construction

 

 

439,425

 

 

476,330

 

 

341,992

 

 

340,858

 

 

218,845

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

663,423

 

 

681,027

 

 

411,873

 

 

429,323

 

 

413,620

 

Consumer, installment and single pay

 

 

84,787

 

 

101,366

 

 

54,857

 

 

55,720

 

 

54,936

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

1,537,532

 

 

1,640,089

 

 

1,004,858

 

 

994,546

 

 

863,546

 

Less: Unearned discount leases

 

 

(5,204

)

 

(7,815

)

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Less: Deferred loan cost (unearned loan income), net

 

 

1,478

 

 

402

 

 

(123

)

 

(1,194

)

 

(1,339

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total loans and leases

 

$

1,533,806

 

$

1,632,676

 

$

1,004,735

 

$

993,352

 

$

862,207

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

     Credit Risks and Lending Policies

          Certain credit risks are inherent in making loans. These include prepayment risks, risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, including real estate values, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. We attempt to mitigate repayment risks by adhering to internal credit policies and procedures.

          Our Board of Directors has established and annually reviews our lending policies and procedures. Our subsidiary bank has a Loan Committee that makes credit decisions based on our company-wide lending policies. These policies and procedures include officer and client lending limits, a multi-layered approval process for larger loans, documentation and examination procedures and follow-up procedures for any exceptions to credit policies. Loans above an established limit must be reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors or a Board-appointed Loan Committee. There are regulatory restrictions on the dollar amount of loans available for each lending relationship. We adhere to the guidelines established by our policy and procedures and our regulators, and we regularly monitor our credit relationships for compliance.

     Loan Review

          We have a Loan Review Department that is part of the Internal Audit function of our Company. Our Loan Review Department reports directly to our Audit Manager. Large credit relationships are reviewed on an on-going basis for continued financial, collateral and guarantor support. New credit offerings are reviewed for adequacy of underwriting and collateral valuation. As a result of such reviews and the on-going loan review process, loans identified as problem loans are included on an internal watch list. These loans are continually monitored for on-going repayment ability, collateral deterioration and adequacy of any allowance for loan losses.

Deposits and Other Sources of Funding

          We consider core deposits to be the main source of funds used to support our assets. We offer a full range of deposit products designed to appeal to both individual and corporate customers, including checking accounts, commercial accounts, savings accounts and other time deposits of various types ranging from daily money market accounts to long-term certificates of deposit. Deposit rates are reviewed regularly by senior management. We believe that the rates we offer are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our area.

          Our primary emphasis is placed on attracting and retaining core deposits from customers who will purchase other products and services that we offer. We recognize that it is necessary from time to time to pursue non-core funding sources such as large certificates of deposit from outside of our market area and Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, especially during periods when loan growth is significantly greater than deposit growth. We view these as secondary sources of funds. Our out-of-market, or brokered, certificates of deposit represented 6.5% of total deposits at December 31, 2008.

8


Other Banking Services

          We offer a full range of other products and services that give our customers convenience and account access. Such products and services include internet and telephone banking, access to funds through ATMs and debit cards, credit cards, safe deposit boxes, traveler’s checks, direct deposit and customer friendly telephone operators who direct the customer quickly to the appropriate area of the bank. We earn fees for most of these services, including debit and credit card transactions, sales of checks and wire transfers. We receive ATM transaction fees from transactions performed for our customers.

Securities

          While loans are our primary use of funds, most of our remaining liquid funds, after cash reserves, are invested in short-term securities. We invest primarily in securities issued by U.S. government sponsored enterprises, state and political subdivisions and mortgage-backed securities. We typically invest any surplus cash in the overnight federal funds market. Interest rate fluctuation, maturity, quality and concentration are all risks associated with the use of funds.

Employees

          As of December 31, 2008, we had 621 full-time equivalent employees. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement, and, in the opinion of Management, we enjoy satisfactory relations with our employees.

Supervision and Regulation

          BancTrust and its subsidiary bank are subject to extensive state and federal banking regulations that impose restrictions on and provide for general regulatory oversight of their operations. These laws generally are intended to protect depositors and not shareholders. The following discussion describes the material elements of the regulatory framework that applies to us.

     BancTrust

          Since we own all of the capital stock of the Bank, we are a bank holding company under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the Bank Holding Company Act). As a result, we are primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

          Acquisitions of Banks. The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the Federal Reserve Board’s prior approval before:

 

 

 

 

acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after the acquisition, the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the bank’s voting shares;

 

 

 

 

acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or

 

 

 

 

merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company.

          Additionally, the Bank Holding Company Act provides that the Federal Reserve Board may not approve any of these transactions if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly or substantially lessen competition or otherwise function as a restraint of trade, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve Board is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve Board’s consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, which is discussed below.

          Under the Bank Holding Company Act, if we are adequately capitalized and adequately managed, we may purchase banks located either inside or outside of Alabama and Florida. Conversely, an adequately capitalized and adequately managed bank holding company located either inside or outside of Alabama or Florida may purchase a bank located inside Alabama or Florida. In Florida, however, restrictions may be placed on the acquisition of a bank that has only been in existence for a limited amount of time or will result in specified concentrations of deposits. For example, Florida law prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring control of a financial institution until the target financial institution has been in existence and continually operating as a bank for more than three years.

9


          Change in Bank Control. Subject to various exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with related regulations, require Federal Reserve Board approval prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company. Control is rebuttably presumed to exist if a person or company acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities and either:

 

 

 

 

the bank holding company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1934; or

 

 

 

 

no other person owns a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction.

          Our common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The regulations provide a procedure for challenging any rebuttable presumption of control.

          Permitted Activities. A bank holding company is generally permitted under the Bank Holding Company Act to engage in or acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in the following activities:

 

 

 

 

banking or managing or controlling banks; and

 

 

 

 

any activity that the Federal Reserve Board determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking.

          Activities that the Federal Reserve Board has found to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking include:

 

 

 

 

factoring accounts receivable;

 

 

 

 

making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities;

 

 

 

 

leasing personal or real property;

 

 

 

 

operating a non-bank depository institution, such as a savings association;

 

 

 

 

trust company functions;

 

 

 

 

financial and investment advisory activities;

 

 

 

 

conducting discount securities brokerage activities;

 

 

 

 

underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments;

 

 

 

 

providing specified management consulting and counseling activities;

 

 

 

 

performing selected data processing services and support services;

 

 

 

 

acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions; and

 

 

 

 

performing selected insurance underwriting activities.

          Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve Board may order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these activities or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that the bank holding company’s continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of it or any of its bank subsidiaries.

10


          In addition to the permissible bank holding company activities listed above, a bank holding company may qualify and elect to become a financial holding company, permitting the bank holding company to engage in additional activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activity. The Bank Holding Company Act expressly lists the following activities as financial in nature:

 

 

 

 

lending, trust and other banking activities;

 

 

 

 

insuring, guaranteeing or indemnifying against loss or harm, or providing and issuing annuities and acting as principal, agent or broker for these purposes, in any state;

 

 

 

 

providing financial, investment or advisory services;

 

 

 

 

issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets permissible for a bank to hold directly;

 

 

 

 

underwriting, dealing in or making a market in securities;

 

 

 

 

other activities that the Federal Reserve Board may determine to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident to managing or controlling banks;

 

 

 

 

foreign activities permitted outside of the United States if the Federal Reserve Board has determined them to be usual in connection with banking operations abroad;

 

 

 

 

merchant banking through securities or insurance affiliates; and

 

 

 

 

insurance company portfolio investments.

          To qualify to become a financial holding company, our depository institution subsidiary must be well capitalized and well managed and must have a Community Reinvestment Act rating of at least “satisfactory.” Additionally, we must file an election with the Federal Reserve Board to become a financial holding company and must provide the Federal Reserve Board with 30 days’ written notice prior to engaging in a permitted financial activity. We are not a financial holding company at this time.

          Support of Subsidiary Institution. Under Federal Reserve Board policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength for the Bank and to commit resources to support it. This support may be required at times when, without this Federal Reserve Board policy, we might not be inclined to provide it.

     The Bank

          Our subsidiary Bank is a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), and, as such, its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. Our subsidiary Bank is also subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations that affect its business, activities and operations. It is a state-chartered bank subject to supervision and examination by the state banking authorities of the state of Alabama. The primary state regulator in Alabama is the Superintendent of the State Banking Department of Alabama. The federal banking regulator for our Bank, as well as the state banking authority, regularly examines its operations and is given authority to approve or disapprove mergers, consolidations, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. The federal and state banking regulators also have the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law.

          Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 establishes a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized financial institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized) in which all institutions are placed. Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category. BancTrust and its subsidiary bank were rated as “Well Capitalized” at December 31, 2008.

11


          An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. A bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution meets its capital restoration plan, subject to various limitations. The controlling holding company’s obligation to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except under an accepted capital restoration plan or with FDIC approval. The regulations also establish procedures for downgrading an institution to a lower capital category based on supervisory factors other than capital.

          FDIC Insurance Assessments. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system for insured depository institutions that takes into account the risks attributable to different categories and concentrations of assets and liabilities. The system assigns an institution to one of three capital categories: (1) well capitalized; (2) adequately capitalized; and (3) undercapitalized. These three categories are substantially similar to the prompt corrective action categories described above, with the “undercapitalized” category including institutions that are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized for prompt corrective action purposes. The FDIC also assigns an institution to one of three supervisory subgroups based on a supervisory evaluation that the institution’s primary federal regulator provides to the FDIC and information that the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the deposit insurance funds. Assessments range from 12 to 45 cents per $100 of deposits, depending on the institution’s capital group and supervisory subgroup. In addition, the FDIC imposes assessments to help pay off the $780 million in annual interest payments on the $8 billion Financing Corporation bonds issued in the late 1980s as part of the government rescue of the thrift industry. This assessment rate is adjusted quarterly.

          The FDIC may terminate its insurance of deposits if it finds that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

          On February 27, 2009, the FDIC proposed amendments to the restoration plan for the Deposit Insurance Fund. This amendment proposes the imposition of a 20 basis point emergency special assessment on insured depository institutions as of June 30, 2009. The FDIC proposes to collect this special assessment on September 30, 2009. The interim rule would also permit the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to 10 basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. Based on our average deposits for the fourth quarter, this special assessment, if implemented as proposed, would equal approximately $3.4 million. This special assessment, if implemented as proposed, will have a significant impact on the results of operations of the Company for 2009.

          On March 5, 2009, the FDIC Chairman announced that the FDIC intends to lower the special assessment from 20 basis points to 10 basis points. The approval of the cutback is contingent on whether Congress passes legislation that would expand the FDIC’s line of credit with the Treasury to $100 billion. Legislation to increase the FDIC’s borrowing authority on a permanent basis is also expected to advance to Congress, which should aid in reducing the burden on the industry.

          The assessment rates, including the special assessment, are subject to change at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the FDIC.

          Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their respective jurisdictions, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, shall evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. These facts are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on our Bank. Additionally, we must publicly disclose the terms of various Community Reinvestment Act-related agreements.

          Other Regulations. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by our Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. For example, under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which amended the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940, a lender is generally prohibited from charging an annual interest rate in excess of 6% on any obligation for which the borrower is a person on active duty with the United States military.

12


          Our Bank’s loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

 

 

 

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

 

 

 

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

 

 

 

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

 

 

 

Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

 

 

 

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

 

 

 

Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which amended the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940, governing the repayment terms of, and property rights underlying, secured obligations of persons in military service; and

 

 

 

 

the rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.

 

 

 

 

The deposit operations of our Bank are subject to:

 

 

 

 

the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and

 

 

 

 

the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve Board to implement that act, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

     Capital Adequacy

          We are required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has established a risk-based and a leverage measure of capital adequacy for bank holding companies. The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.

          The minimum guideline for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%. Total capital consists of two components, Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital. Tier 1 Capital generally consists of common stock, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and other specified intangible assets. Tier 1 Capital must equal at least 4% of risk-weighted assets. Tier 2 Capital generally consists of subordinated debt, other preferred stock and a limited amount of loan loss reserves. The total amount of Tier 2 Capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1 Capital. At December 31, 2008, our ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets was 14.05% and our ratio of Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets was 12.80%. Both ratios were significantly above the minimum regulatory guidelines.

          In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to average assets, less goodwill and other specified intangible assets, of 3% for bank holding companies that meet specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating and implementing the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital measure for market risk. All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%. At December 31, 2008, our leverage ratio was 11.09%, significantly above the minimum leverage ratio guidelines. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without reliance on intangible assets. The Federal Reserve Board considers the leverage ratio and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

13


          Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank or bank holding company to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits and certain other restrictions on its business. As described above, significant additional restrictions can be imposed on FDIC-insured depository institutions that fail to meet applicable capital requirements.

     Payment of Dividends

          BancTrust is a legal entity separate and distinct from our subsidiary Bank. Our principal source of cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to our common shareholders and to holders of the preferred stock we issued to the United States Treasury, is dividends from our Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by the Bank, and there are statutory and regulatory limitations on our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

          As to the payment of dividends, our Bank is subject to the laws and regulations of the state of Alabama and to the regulations of the FDIC. Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends our subsidiary Bank can pay to us without regulatory approval.

          Under Alabama law, a bank may not pay a dividend in excess of 90% of its net earnings until the bank’s surplus is equal to at least 20% of its capital. An Alabama state bank is also required by Alabama law to obtain the prior approval of the Superintendent of the State Banking Department of Alabama for the payment of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by it in any calendar year will exceed the total of (a) its net earnings (as defined by statute) for that year, plus (b) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. In addition, no dividends may be paid from an Alabama state bank’s surplus without the prior written approval of the Superintendent.

          Under Alabama law, no corporation may pay a cash dividend or other distribution to its shareholders if, after giving effect to such distribution, (i) the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business or (ii) the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

          If, in the opinion of a federal bank regulatory agency, an institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the depository institution, could include the payment of dividends), such agency may require, after notice and hearing, that such institution cease and desist from such practice. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete an institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under current federal law, an insured institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. Moreover, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued policy statements which provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

          In addition to the limitations on our ability to pay dividends under Alabama law and FDIC and Federal Reserve Board regulations, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also limited by our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. Prior to December 19, 2011, unless we have redeemed the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, no par value, liquidation preference $1,000 per share issued to the U.S. Treasury or the U.S. Treasury has transferred the preferred stock to a third party, the consent of the U.S. Treasury must be received before we can pay a regular quarterly common stock dividend in excess of $0.13 per share. Furthermore, if we are not current in the payment of quarterly dividends on the preferred stock, we can not pay dividends on our common stock.

          At December 31, 2008, our subsidiary was able to pay dividends totaling approximately $4.2 million without the need for regulatory approval.

14


     Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates

          We are subject to the provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. Section 23A places limits on the amount of:

 

 

 

 

a bank’s loans or extensions of credit to affiliates;

 

 

 

 

a bank’s investment in affiliates;

 

 

 

 

assets a bank may purchase from affiliates, except for real and personal property exempted by the Federal Reserve Board;

 

 

 

 

loans or extensions of credit to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates; and

 

 

 

 

a bank’s guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate.

          The total amount of the above transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of a bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of a bank’s capital and surplus. In addition to the limitation on the amount of these transactions, each of the above transactions must also meet specified collateral requirements. The Bank must also comply with other provisions designed to avoid the taking of low-quality assets.

          We are also subject to the provisions of Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which, among other things, prohibit an institution from engaging in the above transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.

     Privacy

          Financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential information. Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing nonpublic personal financial information with nonaffiliated third parties except under narrow circumstances, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer or when the financial institution is jointly sponsoring a product or service with a nonaffiliated third party. Additionally, financial institutions generally may not disclose consumer account numbers to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing to consumers.

     Consumer Credit Reporting

          In 2004, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act (the “FCRA Amendments”) amended the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act.

          The FCRA Amendments include, among other things:

 

 

 

 

requirements for financial institutions to develop policies and procedures to identify potential identity theft and, upon the request of a consumer, place a fraud alert in the consumer’s credit file stating that the consumer may be the victim of identity theft or other fraud;

 

 

 

 

consumer notice requirements for lenders that use consumer report information in connection with risk-based credit pricing programs;

 

 

 

 

requirements for entities that furnish information to consumer reporting agencies (which would include the Bank), to implement procedures and policies regarding the accuracy and integrity of the furnished information and regarding the correction of previously furnished information that is later determined to be inaccurate; and

 

 

 

 

a requirement for mortgage lenders to disclose credit scores to consumers.

          The FCRA Amendments also prohibit a business that receives consumer information from an affiliate from using that information for marketing purposes unless the consumer is first provided a notice and an opportunity to direct the business not to use the information for such marketing purposes (the opt-out), subject to certain exceptions. We do not share consumer information among our affiliated companies for marketing purposes, except as allowed under exceptions to the notice and opt-out requirements. Because no affiliate of BancTrust is currently sharing consumer information with any other affiliate of BancTrust for marketing purposes, the limitations on sharing of information for marketing purposes do not have a significant impact on us.

15


     Anti-Terrorism and Money Laundering Legislation

          The Bank is subject to the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), the Bank Secrecy Act and rules and regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (the “OFAC”). These statutes and related rules and regulations impose requirements and limitations on specific financial transactions and account relationships and are intended to guard against money laundering and terrorism financing. The Bank has established a customer identification program pursuant to Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act, and otherwise has implemented policies and procedures to comply with the foregoing rules.

     Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

          The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) comprehensively revised the laws affecting corporate governance, accounting obligations and corporate reporting for companies, such as BancTrust, with equity or debt securities registered under the Exchange Act. In particular, SOX established: (a) new requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (b) additional responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (c) new standards for auditors and regulation of audits; (d) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and their directors and executive officers; and (e) new and increased civil and criminal penalties for violations of the securities laws.

     Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action

          New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating and doing business in the United States. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.

     Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

          Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks. The Federal Reserve Board has the power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board affect the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its control over the issuance of United States government securities, its regulation of the discount rate applicable to member banks and its influence over reserve requirements to which member banks are subject. We cannot predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

     Recent Laws and Regulatory Activities

          U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program. Pursuant to the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s (the “U.S. Treasury”) Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”), on December 19, 2008, BancTrust issued to the U.S. Treasury 50 thousand shares of BancTrust’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, no par value and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and a warrant to purchase up to 731 thousand shares of BancTrust’s common stock at an exercise price of $10.26 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $7.5 million in cash. The securities purchase agreement pursuant to which the securities issued to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP were sold limits the payment of dividends on BancTrust’s common stock to the then current quarterly dividend of $0.13 per share without prior approval of the U.S. Treasury, limits BancTrust’s ability to repurchase shares of its common stock, grants the holders of the preferred stock, the warrant and the common stock of BancTrust to be issued under the warrants certain registration rights, and subjects BancTrust to certain executive compensation limitations included in the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and the American Relief and Recovery Act of 2009.

16


          FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. BancTrust and the Bank have chosen to participate in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”), which applies to, among others, all U.S. depository institutions insured by the FDIC and all United States bank holding companies, unless they have opted out. Under the TLGP, the FDIC will guarantee certain of our senior unsecured debt, and it insures non-interest bearing transaction account deposits at BankTrust. Under the transaction account guarantee component of the TLGP, all non-interest bearing transaction accounts maintained at BankTrust are insured in full by the FDIC until December 31, 2009, regardless of the standard maximum deposit insurance amounts. Under the debt guarantee component of the TLGP, the FDIC will pay the unpaid principal and interest on an FDIC-guaranteed debt instrument upon the uncured failure of the participating entity to make a timely payment of principal or interest. We currently have no debt outstanding that is guaranteed under the TLGP.

          Comprehensive Financial Stability Plan of 2009. On February 10, 2009, Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner announced a new comprehensive financial stability plan (the “Financial Stability Plan”), which builds upon existing programs and earmarks the second $350 billion of unused funds originally authorized under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008. The major elements of the Financial Stability Plan include: (i) a capital assistance program that will invest in convertible preferred stock of certain qualifying institutions, (ii) a consumer and business lending initiative to fund new consumer loans, small business loans and commercial mortgage asset-backed securities issuances, (iii) a new public-private investment fund that will leverage public and private capital with public financing to purchase up to $500 billion to $1 trillion of “toxic assets” from financial institutions, and (iv) assistance for homeowners by providing up to $75 billion to reduce mortgage payments and interest rates and establishing loan modification guidelines for government and private programs.

          Institutions receiving assistance under the Financial Stability Plan going forward will be subject to higher transparency and accountability standards, including restrictions on dividends, acquisitions and executive compensation and additional disclosure requirements. BancTrust cannot predict at this time the effect that the Financial Stability Plan may have on it or its business, financial condition or results of operations.

          American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”). ARRA includes, among other things, extensive new restrictions on the compensation arrangements of financial institutions such as BancTrust participating in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

          Making Homes Affordable Loan Modification Program. On March 4, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced guidelines for the new “Making Homes Affordable” loan modification program that provides servicers and holders of eligible residential mortgages with incentives to modify loans at risk of foreclosure and provides incentives for homeowners whose mortgages are modified to remain current on their mortgages after modification. At this time BancTrust is not required to participate in this program, but the Company is reviewing the terms of this program to determine if participation will be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

Available Information

          Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments of those reports, filed with or furnished to the SEC are available on our website at http://investor.banktrustonline.com. These documents are made available free of charge on BancTrust’s website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning BancTrust at the following address:

 

 

 

BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.

 

Attn: F. Michael Johnson

 

100 St. Joseph Street

 

Mobile, Alabama 36602

 

(251) 431-7800

17


Executive Officers of the Registrant

          The following table reflects certain information concerning the executive officers of BancTrust. Each such officer holds his office(s) until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting of shareholders each year, or until a successor is chosen, subject to removal at any time by the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise indicated, no family relationships exist among the executive officers and directors of BancTrust, and no such officer holds his office(s) by virtue of any arrangement or understanding between him and any other person except the Board of Directors.

 

 

 

Name, Age and Office(s) with BancTrust

 

Other Positions with BancTrust


 


J. Stephen Nelson — age 71(1)
Chairman (since 1993)

 

Director (since 1993)

 

 

 

W. Bibb Lamar, Jr. — age 65(2)
President and CEO (since 1989)

 

Director (since 1989)

 

 

 

Michael D. Fitzhugh — age 60(3)
Executive Vice President (since 2004)

 

None

 

 

 

F. Michael Johnson — age 63(4)
Chief Financial Officer, Executive
Vice President & Secretary (since 1993)

 

None

 

 

 

Bruce C. Finley, Jr. — age 60(5)
Senior Vice President and
Senior Lending Officer (since 2004)

 

None

 

 

 

Edward T. Livingston — age 62(6)
Executive Vice President (since 2007)

 

None


 

 


(1)

Previously: Chairman, (1993-2003), Chief Executive Officer, (1984-2003), and Director, (1979-2003), BankTrust of Brewton, which was merged into the Bank in 2003.

 

 

(2)

Chief Executive Officer, since 1989, and Chairman, since 1998, the Bank. Previously: President (1989-1998), the Bank.

 

 

(3)

Market President, Florida, the Bank since 2008. Previously: President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of BankTrust-Florida (2005-2008). President, Chief Operating Officer and Director (1998 to 2005) of the Bank.

 

 

(4)

Executive Vice President and Cashier, since 1986, the Bank.

 

 

(5)

Executive Vice President of the Bank since 1998. Previously: Senior Loan Officer (1998-2004), the Bank.

 

 

(6)

Division President, BankTrust, since 2007. Previously: Market President, Brewton, BankTrust, (2002-2007).

Item 1A. Risk Factors

          You should carefully consider the following risk factors and other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face, and additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we deem to be less significant may also impair our financial condition and results of operations.

          Our businesses have been and may continue to be adversely affected by current conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.

18


          Dramatic declines in the housing market during the prior year, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant write-downs of asset values by us and other financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities but spreading to other securities and loans, have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate dividends, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced, and in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers including financial institutions.

          This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. As a consequence of the recession that the United States now finds itself in, business activity across a wide range of industries faces serious difficulties due to the lack of consumer spending and the extreme lack of liquidity in the global credit markets. Unemployment has also increased significantly. The resulting lack of available credit, lack of confidence in the financial sector, increased volatility in the financial markets and reduced business activity could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          Further negative market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provisions for credit losses. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial services industry.

          A sustained weakness or weakening in business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we do business could have one or more of the following adverse effects on our businesses:

 

 

 

 

A decrease in the demand for loans and other products and services offered by us;

 

 

 

A decrease in the value of our loans held for sale or other assets secured by consumer or commercial real estate;

 

 

 

An impairment of certain intangible assets, such as goodwill;

 

 

 

An increase in the number of clients and counterparties who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us, which could result in a higher level of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, provision for loan losses, and valuation adjustments on loans held for sale;

 

 

 

 

A decrease in the carrying value of our other real estate owned.

 

 

 

          Overall, during the past year, the general business environment has had an adverse effect on our business, and there can be no assurance that the environment will improve in the near term. Until conditions improve, we expect our businesses, financial condition and results of operations to be adversely affected.

          The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

          Since mid-2007, the financial services industry as a whole, as well as the securities markets generally, have been materially and adversely affected by very significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a very serious lack of liquidity. Financial institutions in particular have been subject to increased volatility and an overall loss in investor confidence.

          Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due us. Any such losses could materially and adversely affect our businesses, financial condition or results of operations.

19


          The impact on us of recently enacted legislation, in particular the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and its implementing regulations, and actions by the FDIC, cannot be predicted at this time.

          On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended (“EESA”). Under EESA, the U.S. Treasury has the authority to purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages and other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. One of the programs created by EESA is the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). The legislation was the result of a proposal by Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson to the U.S. Congress on September 20, 2008 in response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions. The U.S. Treasury and federal banking regulators are implementing a number of programs under this legislation and otherwise to address capital and liquidity issues in the banking system, including the Capital Purchase Program available through the TARP, in which BancTrust participated. In addition, other regulators have taken steps to attempt to stabilize and add liquidity to the financial markets.

          On October 14, 2008, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) announced the development of a guarantee program under the systemic risk exception to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) pursuant to which the FDIC would offer a guarantee of certain financial institution indebtedness in exchange for an insurance premium to be paid to the FDIC by issuing financial institutions (the “FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program”).

          On February 10, 2009, Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner announced the Financial Stability Plan, which earmarks the second $350 billion originally authorized under the EESA. The Financial Stability Plan is intended to, among other things, make capital available to financial institutions, purchase certain loans and assets from financial institutions, restart securitization markets for loans to consumers and businesses and relieve certain pressures on the housing market, including the reduction of mortgage payments and interest rates.

In addition, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), was signed into law on February 17, 2009, with the stated purposes of:

 

 

 

 

Preserving and creating jobs and promoting economic recovery;

 

 

 

 

Assisting those most impacted by the recession;

 

 

 

 

Providing investments needed to increase economic efficiency by spurring technological advances in science and health;

 

 

 

 

Investing in transportation, environmental protection, and other infrastructure that will provide long-term economic benefits; and

 

 

 

 

Stabilizing state and local government budgets, in order to minimize and avoid reductions in essential services and counter-productive state and local tax increases.

          ARRA includes, among other things, extensive new restrictions on the compensation arrangements of financial institutions such as BancTrust participating in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

          There can be no assurance, however, as to the actual impact that the EESA, as supplemented by the Financial Stability Plan, the ARRA and other programs will have on the financial markets, including the extreme levels of volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced. The failure of the EESA, the ARRA, the Financial Stability Plan and other programs to stabilize the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could materially and adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of our common stock.

          The EESA, ARRA and the Financial Stability Plan are relatively new initiatives and, as such, are subject to change and evolving interpretation. We are unable to predict the effects that any further changes will have on the effectiveness of the government’s efforts to stabilize the credit markets or on our businesses, financial condition or results of operations.

20


          The programs established or to be established under the EESA and TARP may have adverse effects upon us. We may face increased regulation of our industry. Compliance with such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. Also, participation in specific programs may subject us to additional restrictions. For example, participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program will limit (without the consent of the Department of Treasury) our ability to increase our dividend or to repurchase our common stock for so long as any securities issued under such program remain outstanding. It will also subject us to additional executive compensation restrictions. Similarly, programs established by the FDIC under the systemic risk exception of the FDIA, whether we participate or not, may have an adverse effect on us. Participation in the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program will require the payment of additional insurance premiums to the FDIC. We would be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums even if we did not participate in the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program because market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

          The limitations on incentive compensation contained in the ARRA may adversely affect BancTrust’s ability to attract key employees or retain its highest performing employees.

          In the case of a company such as BancTrust that sold preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program funds, the ARRA contains restrictions on bonus and other incentive compensation payable to the five executives named in a company’s proxy statement and the next twenty highest paid employees. Depending upon the limitations placed on incentive compensation by the final regulations issued under the ARRA, it is possible that BancTrust may be unable to create a compensation structure that permits BancTrust to attract key employees and retain its highest performing employees. If this were to occur, the Company’s business and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially.

          As a result of our participation in the Capital Purchase Program and the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, we may face additional regulation, and we cannot predict the cost or effects of compliance at this time.

          In connection with our participation in the Capital Purchase Program administered under the TARP, we may face additional regulations and/or reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, the following:

          Section 5.3 of the standardized Securities Purchase Agreement that we entered into with the U.S. Treasury provides, in part, that the U.S. Treasury “may unilaterally amend any provision of this Agreement to the extent required to comply with any changes after the Signing Date in applicable federal statutes.” This provision gives Congress the ability to impose “after-the-fact” terms and conditions, such as those contained in the ARRA, on participants in the Capital Purchase Program. As a participant in the Capital Purchase Program, we are subject to any such retroactive legislation. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.

          Participation in the Capital Purchase Program will limit our ability to increase our dividend on, or to repurchase, our common stock (without the consent of the U.S. Treasury) for so long as any securities issued under the program remain outstanding.

          The FDIC recently requested that all state-chartered banks monitor and report how they have spent funds received from the U.S. Treasury in connection with TARP. The Special Inspector General of the TARP has made a similar inquiry of Capital Purchase Program participants.

          Participation in the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program will require the payment of additional insurance premiums to the FDIC. The FDIC has also charged U.S. banks an additional emergency special assessment and increased other fees because market developments have significantly depleted the Deposit Insurance Fund and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. In the future, we may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in order to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund.

          As a result, we may face increased regulation, and compliance with such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities. We cannot predict the effect that participating in these programs may have on our business, financial condition, or results of operations in the future or what additional regulations and/or requirements we may become subject to as a result of our participation in these programs.

          We may decide not to pay dividends on your common stock.

          Holders of shares of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on

21


our common stock, we are not required to do so. We have recently reduced our quarterly dividend on common stock to $0.025 per share, and we may further reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Also, participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program limits our ability to increase our dividend or to repurchase our common stock for so long as any securities issued under such program remain outstanding, as discussed in greater detail below.

          If we experience greater credit losses than anticipated, our earnings may be adversely affected.

          As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our credit risk with respect to our real estate and construction loan portfolio will relate principally to the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate serving as security for the repayment of loans. Our credit risk with respect to our commercial and consumer loan portfolio will relate principally to the general creditworthiness of businesses and individuals within our local markets.

          We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for estimated credit losses based on a number of factors. We believe that our allowance for credit losses is adequate. However, if our assumptions or judgments are wrong, our allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover our actual credit losses. We may have to increase our allowance in the future in response to the request of one of our primary banking regulators, to adjust for changing conditions and assumptions, or as a result of any deterioration in the quality of our loan portfolio. The actual amount of future provisions for credit losses cannot be determined at this time and may vary from the amounts of past provisions.

     We operate in a highly competitive market which may have an impact upon our success.

          The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in each of our markets from many other financial institutions. Recent mergers, divestitures, and de-novo branching in our markets, particularly in our Mobile market, have affected competition. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as other super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in our primary market areas and elsewhere. We compete with these institutions both in attracting deposits and in making loans. In addition, we have to attract our customer base from other financial institutions and from new residents. While we believe we can and do successfully compete with these other financial institutions in our primary markets, we may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size, lack of geographic diversification and inability to spread our marketing costs across a broader market. Many of our competitors are well-established larger financial institutions that have greater resources and lending limits than we do. Our success in maintaining or increasing market share depends in part on our ability to adapt our products and services to evolving industry standards. There is increasing pressure to utilize new technologies and other means to provide products and services at lower prices. This can reduce our net interest margin and revenues from our fee-based products and services. Our competitors may introduce new products or services embodying new technologies which may cause our current technology or systems to be considered obsolete. Our future success in gaining market share may depend, in part, on our ability to use technology competitively and to provide products and services that provide convenience to our customers and create additional efficiencies in our operations.

          Although we compete by concentrating our marketing efforts in our primary markets with local advertisements, personal contacts and greater flexibility and responsiveness in working with local customers, we can give no assurance this strategy will continue to be successful.

     We face risks with respect to future expansion.

          We have grown through acquisitions and continue to analyze opportunities to acquire banks. We expect to continue to grow, in part, by acquiring other financial institutions or parts of those institutions in the future, and we may engage in de-novo branch expansion. Acquisitions and mergers involve a number of expenses and risks, including:

 

 

 

 

the time and costs associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger partners;

 

 

 

 

the estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution may not be accurate;

22


 

 

 

 

the time and costs of evaluating new markets, hiring experienced local management and opening new offices, and the time lags between these activities and the generation of sufficient assets and deposits to support the costs of the expansion;

 

 

 

 

our ability to finance an acquisition and possible dilution to our existing shareholders;

 

 

 

 

the diversion of our Management’s attention to the negotiation of a transaction and the integration of the operations and personnel of the combining businesses;

 

 

 

 

entry into new markets where we lack experience;

 

 

 

 

the introduction of new products and services into our business;

 

 

 

 

the incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects on our results of operations; and

 

 

 

 

the risk of loss of key employees and customers.

          We may incur substantial costs to expand, and we can give no assurance such expansion will result in the levels of profits we seek. There can be no assurance that integration efforts for any recent or future mergers or acquisitions will be successful. Also, we may issue equity securities in connection with future acquisitions, which could cause ownership and economic dilution to our shareholders. There is no assurance that, following any future mergers or acquisitions, our integration efforts will be successful or our company, after giving effect to the acquisition, will achieve profits comparable to or better than our historical experience.

 

 

 

Hurricanes or other adverse weather events could negatively affect our local economies or disrupt our operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

          Our market areas in Alabama and Florida are susceptible to hurricanes. This coastal region experienced major hurricanes in 2004 and 2005. The psychological impact of these storms, the high cost of and, in some cases, lack of property insurance, an over-supply of housing and investment properties along with changing property values and higher taxes over recent years slowed the economic growth in these areas. Such weather events can disrupt our operations, result in damage to our properties and negatively affect the local economies in which we operate. We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage caused by these hurricanes or damage that may be caused by future hurricanes will affect our operations or the economies in our market areas, but such weather events could result in a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of properties securing our loans and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or loan losses. Our business or results of operations may be adversely affected by these and other negative effects of future hurricanes or other adverse weather events.

 

 

 

If the value of real estate in our core Northern Gulf Coast market remains materially depressed, a significant portion of our loan portfolio could become or remain under-collateralized, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, if real estate values remain depressed or decline further, we could be required to write down the values of our Other Real Estate Owned.

          With a substantial portion of our loans concentrated along the Gulf Coast of South Alabama and Northwest Florida, the decline in local economic conditions has adversely affected the values of our real estate collateral. A continued or further decline in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on our earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial institutions whose real estate loan portfolios are more geographically diverse. Any decline in deposits or loan originations, any increase in borrower delinquencies or any decline in the value or condition of mortgaged properties could have a material adverse effect on our business.

          In addition to considering the financial strength and cash flow characteristics of our borrowers, the Bank often secures loans with real estate. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower. If real estate values in our Northern Gulf Coast market remain depressed for an extended period or if we are required to liquidate collateral to satisfy a debt during this period of reduced real estate values, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected. Additionally, a decline in real estate prices could affect the carrying value of our other real estate owned, which could adversely affect our earnings and capital.

     We may experience greater loan losses than anticipated.

          The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan. Management maintains an allowance for loan losses based upon, among other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. Based upon such factors, Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectibility of the loan portfolio and provides an allowance for loan losses based

23


upon such assumptions and judgments as well as a percentage of the outstanding balances. We believe that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. If Management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to absorb losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities require the Bank to increase the allowance for loan losses as a part of their examination process, the Bank’s earnings and capital could be significantly and adversely affected. The actual amount of future provisions for loan losses cannot be determined at this time and may vary from the amounts of past provisions.

     We are subject to a risk of rapid and significant changes in market interest rates.

          The Federal Reserve Board regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in large part our cost of funds for lending and investing and the return we earn on those loans and investments. Changes in interest rates, inflation or the financial markets may affect the demand for our products or our ability to deliver products efficiently.

          Most of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and are subject to significant risks tied to changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect our level of interest income, the primary component of our gross revenue, as well as the level of our interest expense, our largest recurring expenditure. In a period of rising or declining interest rates, our interest expense could increase or decrease in different amounts and at different rates than the interest that we earn on our assets. Accordingly, changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income. Our profitability depends to a large extent on our net interest income. Unexpected or significant movements in interest rates could cause our net interest income to decrease and could impact the valuation of our assets and liabilities. Changes in the level of interest rates may negatively affect our ability to originate loans, the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings. A decline in the market value of our assets may limit our ability to borrow additional funds or result in our lenders requiring additional collateral from us under our loan agreements. As a result, we could be required to sell some of our loans and investments under adverse market conditions, upon terms that are not favorable to us, in order to maintain our liquidity. If those sales were made at prices lower than the amortized costs of the investments, we would incur losses.

     We may be required to raise additional capital at a time when capital may not be readily available.

          We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities, as well as good business practices, to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at the time and on our financial performance. The ongoing liquidity crisis and the loss of confidence in financial institutions may limit our access to some of our customary sources of capital. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired.

     We are subject to extensive regulation that could limit or restrict our activities.

          We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by various federal and state agencies. Our compliance with these regulations is costly and restricts certain of our activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans, interest rates charged, interest rates paid on deposits and locations of offices. We are also subject to capitalization guidelines established by our regulators that require us to maintain adequate capital to support our growth.

          The laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry could change at any time, and we cannot predict the effects of these changes on our business and profitability. Because government regulation greatly affects the business and financial results of all commercial banks and bank holding companies, our cost of compliance could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.

          The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq that are applicable to us, have increased the scope, complexity and cost of corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices. As a result, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, greater compliance costs.

     We are dependent upon the services of our management team.

          Our future success and profitability are substantially dependent upon the management and banking abilities of our senior executives. We believe that our future results will also depend in part upon our attracting and retaining highly

24


skilled and qualified management, sales and marketing personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining such personnel. We also cannot guarantee that members of our executive management team will remain with us. Changes in key personnel and their responsibilities may be disruptive to our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

 

If our stock price declines from levels at December 31, 2008, we will evaluate our goodwill balances for impairment, and if the estimated fair value of our business has declined, we could recognize an impairment charge for our goodwill.

          We performed an interim evaluation of our goodwill balances at December 31, 2008 and an annual goodwill impairment assessment as of September 30, 2008. Based on our analyses, we concluded that the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and, therefore, goodwill was not considered impaired at either date. It is possible that our assumptions and conclusions regarding the valuation of our reporting unit could change adversely, which could result in the recognition of impairment for our goodwill, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and future results of operations.

     Our investments may suffer other than temporary impairment.

          Other than temporary impairment can occur when we determine that we do not have the intent and ability to hold a security with an amortized cost greater than its estimated fair market value until recovery. If the credit ratings of the issuers of the securities we hold deteriorate, we may not be able to recover our investment in these securities, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and future results of operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

          None

Item 2. Properties

          Our corporate headquarters occupy an approximately 30,000 square foot facility located at 100 St. Joseph Street, in downtown Mobile, Alabama 36602. We lease this entire facility, which also houses the headquarters of the Bank. The current term of the lease for this building expires on December 31, 2010. We have an option to extend this lease for one additional term of five years. In addition to our corporate headquarters, we operate 50 office or branch locations in Southern and Central Alabama and Northwest Florida, of which 41 are owned and 9 are subject to either building or ground leases. We also own a building in downtown Mobile and a building in Selma that we use as operations centers. We paid annual rents in 2008 of approximately $569 thousand. At December 31, 2008, there were no significant encumbrances on our offices, equipment or other operational facilities.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

          In the ordinary course of operating our business, we may be a party to various legal proceedings from time to time. We do not believe that there are any pending or threatened proceedings against us, which, if determined adversely, would have a material effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

          None

25


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Prices and Cash Dividends Per Share

          BancTrust’s common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol BTFG.

          At December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately 5,241 shareholders, including 1,747 of record and 3,494 shareholders in nominee accounts of its common stock and 1 holder of record of its preferred stock.

          The following chart provides the high and low sales price and the cash dividend declared on the Company’s common stock for each quarter in 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Cash Dividends
Declared
Per Share

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

14.90

 

$

7.40

 

$

0.13

 

 

Third quarter

 

 

16.85

 

 

5.71

 

 

0.13

 

 

Second quarter

 

 

12.72

 

 

6.32

 

 

0.13

 

 

First quarter

 

 

13.23

 

 

9.63

 

 

0.13

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

17.38

 

$

11.16

 

$

0.13

 

 

Third quarter

 

 

21.33

 

 

15.55

 

 

0.13

 

 

Second quarter

 

 

22.68

 

 

17.94

 

 

0.13

 

 

First quarter

 

 

25.75

 

 

19.90

 

 

0.13

 

 

          On February 16, 2009, BancTrust announced that it had reduced its dividend to $0.025 per share for the first quarter of 2009. The reduction was in response to the current economic conditions, our reduced earnings in the second half of 2008 and our desire to maintain our capital in case of further deterioration in the economy.

          While any preferred stock is outstanding, the Company may pay dividends on its common stock and redeem or repurchase its common stock, provided that all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the preferred stock are fully paid (See “Sales of Unregistered Securities,” below). Prior to the third anniversary of the U.S. Treasury’s purchase of the preferred stock, unless the preferred stock has been redeemed or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the preferred stock to third parties, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for the Company to (1) increase its common stock dividend above its third quarter 2008 amount of $0.13 per share or (2) repurchase its common stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in the Company’s agreement with the U.S. Treasury.

26


Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

          The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2008 with respect to BancTrust’s equity compensation plans that provide for the issuance of options, warrants or rights to purchase BancTrust’s securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options Plan Category

 

Number of Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

 

Number of Securities Remaining
Available for Future Issuance
Under Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected
in the First Column)

 


 


 


 


 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders

 

152,747

(1)

 

$15.13

 

 

265,468

(2)

 

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved By Security Holders

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 


 

Restricted Stock Plan Category

 

Number of
Securities Issued

 

Market Value of
Shares Issued

 


 


 


 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders

106,291

 

 

$17.05 (3)

 

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved By Security Holders

N/A

 

 

N/A


 

 

 

 


 

(1)

Includes shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options under the Company’s 1993 Incentive Compensation Plan and its 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

 

 

 

(2)

Represents shares of BancTrust Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to future awards under the 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

 

 

 

(3)

Represents the average of the closing bid and ask price on the date of issue.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

          On December 19, 2008, the Company sold 50,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, no par value, liquidation preference $1000 per share (the “preferred stock”) to the U.S. Treasury for a price of $1,000 per share. No additional sales of the preferred stock have occurred. The Preferred Stock is not traded on any securities market, and no underwriters were used in the transaction. The preferred stock and warrant were issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company declared the first cash dividend on the preferred stock in the first quarter of 2009. The shares of preferred stock pay a cumulative annual dividend at a rate of 5 percent for the first five years. The dividend rate will increase to 9 percent after five years if the preferred stock has not been redeemed by the Company. In connection with the sale of preferred stock, the Company issued to the U.S. Treasury a warrant to purchase 730,994 shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, at an initial exercise price of $10.26 per share. The term of the warrant is ten years.

          The Company received $50 million dollars as proceeds from the sale of the preferred stock. After expenses of $69 thousand, the net proceeds from the sale were $49.931 million. We used $18 million of the proceeds to repay a portion of the bank loan related to the Peoples acquisition. We contributed $30 million of the proceeds as capital to the Bank after year end to fund anticipated future loan growth.

Share Repurchases

          On September 28, 2001, the Company announced that it intended to repurchase up to 425 thousand shares of its common stock. Approximately one year before implementation of the stock repurchase plan, the Company purchased 61 thousand of its shares. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had purchased 195 thousand shares under the stock repurchase plan. These purchases were accomplished primarily through private transactions and were accounted for under the cost method. The Company share purchases, including those that predate the repurchase plan, ranged in price from $8.00 per share to $15.33 per share, and the weighted-average price per share paid by the Company was $9.42. The Company has not repurchased any of its shares under this repurchase plan since December 23, 2002.

          The Company makes repurchases from time to time to fund its deferred compensation plan for directors. The following table provides information about purchases by BancTrust during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 of equity securities that are registered by BancTrust pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

27


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

Number of
Shares
Purchased(1)

 

Average
Price Paid
per Share

 

Shares Purchased as Part
of Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

 

Maximum Number of Shares
that May Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs(2)


 


 


 


 


10/01/08-10/31/08

 

 

2,618

 

$

9.34

 

0

 

229,951

11/01/08-11/30/08

 

 

1,069

 

$

10.75

 

0

 

229,951

12/01/08-12/31/08

 

 

703

 

$

12.58

 

0

 

229,951

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

4,390

 

$

10.34

 

0

 

229,951


 

 


(1)

4,390 shares of common stock were purchased on the open market to provide shares for BancTrust’s grantor trust related to its deferred compensation plan for directors.

 

 

(2)

Under a share repurchase program announced on September 28, 2001, BancTrust may buy up to 425,000 shares of its common stock. The repurchase program does not have an expiration date.

28


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At and for the Year Ended December 31,

 

 


 

 

2008

 

2007(1)

 

2006(1)

 

2005(1)

 

2004(1)

 

 


 


 


 


 


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest revenue

 

$

108,092

 

$

104,025

 

$

88,188

 

$

72,905

 

$

50,913

Interest expense

 

 

47,188

 

 

50,245

 

 

35,923

 

 

20,861

 

 

11,928

 

 



 



 



 



 



Net interest revenue

 

 

60,904

 

 

53,780

 

 

52,265

 

 

52,044

 

 

38,985

Provision for loan losses

 

 

15,260

 

 

12,435

 

 

4,594

 

 

5,725

 

 

3,897

Non-interest revenue

 

 

22,955

 

 

15,156

 

 

11,644

 

 

10,987

 

 

10,517

Non-interest expense

 

 

67,638

 

 

48,308

 

 

39,726

 

 

37,262

 

 

31,787

 

 



 



 



 



 



Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

961

 

 

8,193

 

 

19,589

 

 

20,044

 

 

13,818

Income tax expense

 

 

(295

)

 

2,007

 

 

6,303

 

 

6,767

 

 

3,902

 

 



 



 



 



 



Income from continuing operations

 

 

1,256

 

 

6,186

 

 

13,286

 

 

13,277

 

 

9,916

 

 



 



 



 



 



Income from discontinued operations before income taxes

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

575

 

 

1,684

Gain on sale of discontinued operations before income taxes

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

2,411

 

 

1,484

 

 



 



 



 



 



Total income from discontinued operations before income taxes

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

2,986

 

 

3,168

Income tax expense

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,144

 

 

1,783

 

 



 



 



 



 



Income from discontinued operations

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,842

 

 

1,385

 

 



 



 



 



 



Net income

 

 

1,256

 

 

6,186

 

 

13,286

 

 

15,119

 

 

11,301

Effective preferred stock dividend

 

 

111

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 



 



 



 



 



Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,145

 

$

6,186

 

$

13,286

 

$

15,119

 

$

11,301

 

 



 



 



 



 



PER SHARE DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.07

 

$

0.49

 

$

1.19

 

$

1.36

 

$

1.03

 

 



 



 



 



 



Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.06

 

$

0.49

 

$

1.17

 

$

1.35

 

$

1.02

 

 



 



 



 



 



Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations

 

$

0.07

 

$

0.49

 

$

1.19

 

$

1.19

 

$

0.90

 

 



 



 



 



 



Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations

 

$

0.06

 

$

0.49

 

$

1.17

 

$

1.19

 

$

0.90

 

 



 



 



 



 



Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.13

 

 



 



 



 



 



Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.12

 

 



 



 



 



 



Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.52

 

 



 



 



 



 



Book value per common share

 

$

13.80

 

$

14.26

 

$

12.41

 

$

11.79

 

$

11.09

 

 



 



 



 



 



Common shares outstanding

 

 

17,555

 

 

17,497

 

 

11,166

 

 

11,113

 

 

11,022

Basic average common shares outstanding

 

 

17,540

 

 

12,521

 

 

11,151

 

 

11,104

 

 

10,981

Diluted average common shares outstanding

 

 

17,695

 

 

12,704

 

 

11,308

 

 

11,188

 

 

11,074

29


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At and for the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007(1)

 

2006(1)

 

2005(1)

 

2004(1)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,088,177

 

$

2,240,094

 

$

1,353,406

 

$

1,306,054

 

$

1,191,222

 

Loans, net of unearned income

 

 

1,533,806

 

 

1,632,676

 

 

1,004,735

 

 

993,352

 

 

862,207

 

Deposits

 

 

1,662,477

 

 

1,827,927

 

 

1,104,129

 

 

1,041,845

 

 

939,958

 

Investments

 

 

221,879

 

 

245,877

 

 

118,498

 

 

132,354

 

 

140,512

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

0

 

 

59,400

 

 

62,500

 

 

32,000

 

 

6,000

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

113,398

 

 

137,341

 

 

95,521

 

 

110,057

 

 

58,500

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

0

 

 

4,198

 

 

4,120

 

 

8,595

 

 

14,114

 

Preferred stock

 

 

47,085

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Common shareholders’ equity

 

 

242,303

 

 

249,520

 

 

138,523

 

 

131,039

 

 

122,183

 

Intangible assets

106,844

108,621

44,947

45,754

46,510

Tangible shareholders’ equity

182,544

140,899

93,576

85,285

75,673

AVERAGE BALANCES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,116,424

 

$

1,558,040

 

$

1,297,550

 

$

1,270,183

 

$

1,109,679

 

Earning assets

 

 

1,812,114

 

 

1,381,358

 

 

1,151,209

 

 

1,104,062

 

 

895,370

 

Loans

 

 

1,560,017

 

 

1,147,714

 

 

999,034

 

 

952,701

 

 

726,791

 

Deposits

 

 

1,705,628

 

 

1,277,597

 

 

1,042,228

 

 

1,001,411

 

 

828,665

 

Common shareholders’ equity

 

 

248,051

 

 

163,121

 

 

136,343

 

 

127,459

 

 

119,820

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

249,725

 

 

163,121

 

 

136,343

 

 

127,459

 

 

119,820

 

PERFORMANCE RATIOS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

 

0.06

%

 

0.40

%

 

1.02

%

 

1.19

%

 

1.02

%

Return on average equity

 

 

0.46

%

 

3.79

%

 

9.74

%

 

11.86

%

 

9.43

%

Net interest margin (tax equivalent)(2)

 

 

3.40

%

 

3.95

%

 

4.61

%

 

4.80

%

 

4.47

%

Efficiency ratio(3)

 

 

80.02

%

 

69.06

%

 

61.36

%

 

58.28

%

 

62.84

%

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

5.91

%

 

2.26

%

 

1.29

%

 

0.55

%

 

0.30

%

Allowance for loan losses to total loans, net of unearned income

 

 

2.00

%

 

1.46

%

 

1.63

%

 

1.41

%

 

1.11

%

Net loans charged-off to average loans

 

 

0.51

%

 

1.02

%

 

0.23

%

 

0.14

%

 

0.29

%

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

 

 

42.32

%

 

65.99

%

 

100.74

%

 

207.23

%

 

326.03

%

CAPITAL RATIOS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio(4)

 

 

11.09

%

 

8.86

%

 

10.02

%

 

8.40

%

 

8.28

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

 

12.80

%

 

9.60

%

 

11.51

%

 

9.70

%

 

9.46

%

Total risk-based capital

 

 

14.05

%

 

10.84

%

 

12.77

%

 

10.95

%

 

10.49

%

Average common shareholders’ equity to average total assets

 

 

11.72

%

 

10.47

%

 

10.51

%

 

10.03

%

 

10.80

%

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

742.86

%

 

106.12

%

 

43.70

%

 

38.24

%

 

50.49

%

OTHER DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking locations

 

 

51

 

 

54

 

 

31

 

 

29

 

 

30

 

Full-time equivalent employees

 

 

621

 

 

686

 

 

419

 

 

396

 

 

349

 


 

 


(1)

In October of 2007, we acquired Peoples and we have accounted for this acquisition under the purchase accounting method. Under the purchase accounting method, the financial statements do not reflect results of operations of the financial condition of Peoples prior to October 15, 2007. Refer to Note 2 in the consolidated financial statements, “Business Combinations” for additional information about this transaction.

 

 

(2)

Net interest margin is the net yield on interest-earning assets. Net yield on interest-earning assets is net interest revenue, on a tax equivalent basis, divided by total interest-earning assets.

 

 

(3)

Efficiency ratio is the result of non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest revenue (tax equivalent) and non-interest revenue.

 

 

(4)

Tier 1 leverage ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital (pursuant to risk-based capital guidelines) as a percentage of adjusted average assets.

30


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

Introduction

          The following discussion and analysis reviews our results of operations and assesses our financial condition. The purpose of this discussion is to focus on information about us that is not otherwise apparent from the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes appearing elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K. Reference should be made to those financial statements and the selected financial data presented elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K for an understanding of the following discussion and analysis. Historical results of operations and any trends which may appear are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.

          The following discussion and analysis also identifies significant factors that have affected our financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the financial statements contained in this Report on Form 10-K. We encourage you to read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with our financial statements and the other statistical information included in this Report on Form 10-K.

Executive Summary

          The year ended December 31, 2008 was an extremely tumultuous year for the U.S. economy and, more specifically, for the financial services industry. Deteriorating home values, among other factors, provided a catalyst for declining valuations across nearly all asset classes, including loans and securities. Property value declines, which began in late 2007, continued to build throughout 2008. While BancTrust did not have material exposure to many of the issues that plagued the industry (e.g., sub-prime loans, structured investment vehicles, collateralized debt obligations), the Company’s exposure to the residential housing sector, primarily within its commercial real estate and construction loan portfolios, pressured its loan portfolio, resulting in increased credit costs and other real estate expenses.

          We reported a profit for 2008 even though the recession adversely affected the economy in our markets, particularly in our Gulf Coast markets which were significantly impacted by declining real estate prices. Our earnings fell short of our expectations because of increased loan loss provisions, lower margins resulting from falling interest rates and increased expenses associated with other real estate owned. Loans were down 6.1%, compared with the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to a slowdown in economic activity in our coastal markets and to an increase in non-performing loans being moved to other real estate owned. We also sold three branches in the Tuscaloosa, Alabama market, which decreased loans by $24.6 million. The sale of the branches was part of our strategy to focus on markets where we have a greater presence. We improved our operating leverage during the year by integrating Peoples and completing the consolidation of our subsidiary banks into one bank. We have realized approximately $6 million in annual cost savings from these initiatives.

          We increased our 2008 provision for loan losses primarily in response to increasing non-performing assets in our Florida market. We believe the additional provisions were warranted in light of economic conditions and continued downward pressure on real estate collateral values. Although we believe our reserves were adequate at year-end 2008 to cover projected loan losses, future changes in housing values, interest rates and economic conditions could impact the provision for credit losses for these loans in future periods. We remain focused on credit quality to protect our future earnings and capital base.

          We took proactive steps during the fourth quarter to raise $50 million in new capital through the sale of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury to strengthen our already strong capital base. The U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program was designed to fund well-capitalized and well-managed banks to ensure safety and soundness of the banking system during these challenging economic times. We were well-capitalized prior to participating in the program, and our participation significantly increased our capital base.

          We continued to gain market share by attracting customers from other banks in our markets that have been impacted by bank merger activity and the unprecedented market events within the financial services industry. We remain focused on providing our customers with personal attention and services to support their financial requirements. We believe we are in an excellent position to take advantage of the changes in the banking markets by leveraging our strong capital base to fund future loan growth as the economy recovers.

          As a bank holding company, our results of operations are almost entirely dependent on the results of operations of our subsidiary Bank. The following table contains selected data related to our subsidiary Bank:

31


 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of
Locations

 

Market Area Counties

 

Total Assets
at December 31,
2008


 


 


 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

51

 

Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb, Butler, Dallas, Elmore, Escambia, Jefferson, Lee, Marengo, Mobile, Monroe, Montgomery, Shelby, in Alabama and Bay, Okaloosa, Walton in Florida

 

$2,078,774

          We offer a broad range of financial services to our customers, including retail banking, trust, insurance and securities services and products through the Bank, our trust department and a financial services subsidiary of the Bank.

          Like most community banks, we derive the majority of our revenue from the interest we earn on our loans and investments, and our greatest expense is the interest we pay on interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. Consequently, one of the key measures of our success is our net interest income, which is the difference between the revenues we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expenses we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. Another key measure of our success is our net interest margin, or the difference between the yield we earn on these interest-earning assets and the rate we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities.

          There are risks inherent in all loans, so we maintain an allowance for loan losses that we believe is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. We maintain this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against our operating earnings for each period. We have included a discussion of this process, as well as several tables describing our allowance for loan losses, in the following discussion.

          In addition to earning interest on our loans and investments, we earn income through fees and other charges to our customers, including service charges on deposit accounts, mortgage fees, trust fees and fees for investment services. We have also included a discussion of the various components of this non-interest income, as well as of our non-interest expense.

          We measure and monitor the following factors as key indicators of our financial performance:

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

Loan and deposit growth

 

 

 

 

Credit quality

Effect of Economic Trends

          During 2003 and most of 2004, the financial markets operated in a low interest rate environment. During 2004, many economists believed the economy was beginning to show signs of strengthening, and the Federal Reserve increased the federal funds interest rate by 125 basis points during 2004 and by an additional 200 basis points during 2005. In mid-2006 the Federal Reserve stopped increasing rates, and problems in the sub-prime real estate market began to appear later in the year. In 2007 problems in the sub-prime real estate market began to intensify, and problems in the debt markets in general began to appear. In August of 2007, the Federal Reserve began reducing interest rates in an effort to combat the economic effects of the debt problems. The interest rate reductions accelerated throughout 2008. Along with the sub-prime problems, the national real estate market faced a general reduction in sales and values of homes and other real estate, which further deteriorated in 2008. While the problems have affected wide areas of the United States, they were amplified in our coastal markets in Florida and Alabama by the continuing market disruption caused by major hurricanes in 2004 and 2005. Our urban markets such as Mobile, Montgomery and Birmingham have not been as severely affected.

          The specific economic and credit risks associated with our loan portfolio, especially the real estate loan portfolio, include, but are not limited to, a general downturn in the economy that could affect unemployment rates in our market areas, general real estate market deterioration, interest rate fluctuations, deteriorated collateral values, title defects, inaccurate appraisals and financial deterioration of borrowers. Construction and development lending can also present other specific risks to the lender such as whether developers can find builders to buy lots for home construction, whether the builders can obtain financing for construction, whether the builders can sell the home to

32


buyers and whether buyers can obtain permanent financing. Until mid-2005, real estate values in our metropolitan Montgomery and coastal Alabama and Florida markets increased, and employment trends in our market areas were favorable. We experienced a slowdown in loan demand in our coastal markets in the Fall of 2005 which has continued through 2008. The most likely reason for the slowdown initially was the effects of hurricanes in 2004 and 2005 along the Gulf Coast, especially Hurricane Katrina in August of 2005. The sub-prime problem, combined with the collapse of the real-estate market in some areas, has intensified the problems along the Gulf Coast. We increased significantly the provision for loan losses in the fourth quarter of 2008 as a result of the deterioration in the real estate market, the higher level of non-performing loans and the continuing uncertainty regarding economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, particularly those in the coastal regions of southern Alabama and northwest Florida.

          Calendar 2008 was marked by severe macro economic conditions, which negatively impacted liquidity and credit quality. Financial and credit markets declined sharply, building on issues that began in the sub-prime mortgage market in the second half of 2007 and which led to significant declines in real estate and home values. Consumer confidence across all sectors of the economy declined as we experienced rising costs fueled by unprecedented prices for crude oil in the second and third quarters of 2008 coupled with the downturns in housing and mortgage related financial services. These conditions were accompanied by a further deterioration in the labor market and rising unemployment, all of which contributed to extreme market volatility as economic fears and illiquidity persisted. Concerns regarding increased credit losses from the weakening economy negatively affected capital and earnings of most financial institutions. Financial institutions experienced significant declines in the value of collateral for real estate loans and heightened credit losses, resulting in record levels of non-performing assets, charge-offs and foreclosures. In addition, certain financial institutions failed or merged with other institutions, and two of the government sponsored housing enterprises were placed into conservatorship with the U.S. government.

          Liquidity in the debt markets remains low in spite of efforts by the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Bank to inject capital into financial institutions. During 2008, the Federal Reserve Bank lowered the federal funds rate seven times, including a drop of 75 basis points in December 2008. During 2008, the federal funds rate decreased from 4.25% on January 1, 2008 to 0.25% on December 31, 2008.

          Various agencies of the United States government proposed a number of initiatives to stabilize the global economy and financial markets, including the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) (including the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”)), the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, the Financial Stability Plan and American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”).

          ARRA, among other things, amends the terms of the TARP and imposes certain additional conditions and requirements on participating institutions such as BancTrust. However, it also loosens the limitations on redemption by allowing affected institutions to repay TARP proceeds at any time, subject to approval of the participating institution’s primary regulator. The effective dates of certain of ARRA’s provisions and their applicability to BancTrust are currently being analyzed by the Company.

          Treasury, the FDIC and other governmental agencies continue to enact rules and regulations to implement the EESA, TARP, the Financial Stability Plan, the ARRA and related economic recovery programs, many of which contain limitations on the ability of financial institutions to take certain actions or to engage in certain activities if the financial institution is a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program or related programs. We are unable to predict the actual impact of the EESA, the FDIC programs or any other governmental program on the financial markets.

          The severe economic conditions are expected to continue in 2009. Financial institutions likely will continue to experience heightened credit losses and higher levels of non-performing assets, charge-offs and foreclosures.

          These factors negatively influenced, and likely will continue to negatively influence, earning asset yields at a time when the market for deposits is intensely competitive. As a result, financial institutions experienced, and are expected to continue to experience, pressure on credit costs, loan yields, deposit and other borrowing costs, liquidity, and capital.

33


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          We have adopted various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the banking industry in the preparation of our financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2008 included in this Report on Form 10-K. Certain accounting policies require Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period they are determined to be necessary. We believe the allowance for loan losses is the critical accounting policy that requires the most significant judgment and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements. A description of these policies is set forth below.

     Allowance for Loan Losses

          The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered by Management to be sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when Management believes that the collection of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance. BancTrust’s determination of its allowance for loan losses is determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) Nos. 114 and 5 and other regulatory guidance. The amount of the allowance for loan losses and the amount of the provision charged to expense is based on periodic reviews of the portfolio, past loan loss experience, current economic conditions and such other factors which, in Management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating loan losses.

          Management has developed and uses a documented systematic methodology for determining and maintaining an allowance for loan losses. A regular, formal and ongoing loan review is conducted to identify loans with unusual risks and probable loss. Management uses the loan review process to stratify the loan portfolio into risk grades. For higher-risk graded loans in the portfolio, Management determines estimated amounts of loss based on several factors, including historical loss experience, Management’s judgment of economic conditions and the resulting impact on higher-risk graded loans, the financial capacity of the borrower, secondary sources of repayment including collateral, and regulatory guidelines. This determination also considers the balance of impaired loans. Specific allowances for impaired loans are based on comparisons of the recorded carrying values of the loans to the present value of these loans’ estimated cash flows discounted at each loan’s effective interest rate, the fair value of the collateral, or the loans’ observable market price. Recovery of the carrying value of loans is dependent to a great extent on economic, operating and other conditions that may be beyond the Company’s control.

          In addition to evaluating probable losses on individual loans, Management also determines probable losses for all other loans that are not individually evaluated. The amount of the allowance for loan losses related to all other loans in the portfolio is determined based on historical and current loss experience, portfolio mix by loan type and by collateral type, current economic conditions, the level and trend of loan quality ratios and such other factors that, in Management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating inherent loan losses. The methodology and assumptions used to determine the allowance are continually reviewed as to their appropriateness given the most recent losses realized and other factors that influence the estimation process. The assumptions and resulting allowance level are adjusted accordingly as these factors change.

     Goodwill

          Management tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Management engaged external valuation specialists to assist in the goodwill assessment performed at September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2008. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, the Company would recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess.

          Fair value of the reporting unit in 2008 was determined using two methods, one based on the price as a multiple of tangible equity capital for which similar units have sold and one based on discounted cash flow models with estimated cash flows based on internal forecasts of net income. These two methods provided a range of valuations that Management used in evaluating goodwill for possible impairment. Our goodwill impairment testing for 2008, which was updated at December 31, 2008 as a result of the recent decline in our common stock price and net earnings, indicated that our goodwill was not impaired. As a result of the recent decline in our stock price and operating results, the excess of the fair value over carrying value narrowed in our assessment. If our stock price continues to decline, if the Company does not produce anticipated cash flows, or if similar units begin selling at significantly lower prices than in the past, our goodwill may be impaired in the future.

34


Financial Condition

     Recent Acquisition

          In October of 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of The Peoples BancTrust Company, Inc. (“Peoples”). On the acquisition date the assets of Peoples were approximately $999 million. The acquisition of Peoples was accounted for under the purchase accounting method as required by United States generally accepted accounting principles. Under this method of accounting, the financial statements and tables shown in this section do not reflect results of operations or the financial condition of Peoples prior to October 15, 2007. One result of this accounting method is that certain items shown in the following financial statements and tables are less useful as a means of judging the Company’s performance in 2008 and 2007, in comparing 2008 to 2007 and in comparing 2008 and 2007 to other years shown.

     Average Assets and Liabilities

          Average assets in 2008 were $2.1 billion, compared to $1.6 billion in 2007. Most of the increase in average assets was attributable to the Peoples acquisition. Average loans, net, in 2008 were $1.5 billion compared to $1.1 billion in 2007. We experienced a significant increase in loan demand beginning in 2003, and the demand continued to accelerate in 2004 and into the first half of 2005. Beginning in the third quarter of 2005 we experienced a rapid slowdown in loan demand in our Gulf Coast markets, most likely a reaction to the extreme hurricane season of 2005, especially Hurricane Katrina. Economic decline in subsequent years has more severely affected the northwest Florida and Gulf Coast markets. While loan demand remains reasonably good in our metropolitan markets of Mobile, Montgomery and Birmingham, loan demand in our coastal markets remains weak. Collateral values have fallen in all of our markets, with the drop being more significant in our coastal markets

          Average deposits in 2008 were $1.7 billion compared to $1.3 billion in 2007. Short-term and long-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings, notes payable to our subsidiary statutory trusts issued in connection with trust preferred securities offerings and a note payable to another financial institution. In December 2006, we issued an additional $15 million of trust preferred securities. Part of the funds were used to pay off a bank loan, and the remaining proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. In October of 2007, in order to complete the purchase of Peoples, we obtained a term bank loan in the amount of $38 million. In December 2008 we issued $50 million worth of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury and used $18 million of the proceeds to pay down the bank loan.

          Our average equity as a percent of average total assets in 2008 was 11.80 percent, compared to 10.47 percent in 2007. Average equity in 2008 and 2007 included approximately $108 million and $57 million, respectively, recorded as intangible assets related to acquisitions accounted for as purchases.

35


Table 1

DISTRIBUTION OF AVERAGE ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

54,268

 

$

46,926

 

$

46,423

 

$

46,262

 

$

36,593

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

18,883

 

 

67,947

 

 

26,171

 

 

13,918

 

 

7,276

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

9,262

 

 

23,248

 

 

370

 

 

241

 

 

566

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

223,952

 

 

142,449

 

 

125,634

 

 

137,202

 

 

160,737

 

Loans, net

 

 

1,534,931

 

 

1,127,813

 

 

984,219

 

 

942,034

 

 

718,340

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

87,285

 

 

56,480

 

 

44,038

 

 

38,773

 

 

36,009

 

Accrued income receivable

 

 

9,550

 

 

8,938

 

 

7,494

 

 

5,947

 

 

4,599

 

Other real estate owned, net

 

 

39,126

 

 

4,288

 

 

593

 

 

394

 

 

650

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

108,285

 

 

57,293

 

 

45,364

 

 

46,127

 

 

46,885

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance

 

 

15,464

 

 

7,217

 

 

5,053

 

 

4,832

 

 

4,613

 

Other assets

 

 

15,418

 

 

15,441

 

 

12,191

 

 

2,855

 

 

1,755

 

Assets related to discontinued operations

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

31,598

 

 

91,656

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Average Total Assets

 

$

2,116,424

 

$

1,558,040

 

$

1,297,550

 

$

1,270,183

 

$

1,109,679

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Average Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

221,781

 

$

174,867

 

$

180,008

 

$

207,091

 

$

155,441

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

554,562

 

 

369,475

 

 

254,531

 

 

245,605

 

 

226,731

 

Savings deposits

 

 

109,834

 

 

84,102

 

 

92,319

 

 

119,874

 

 

96,808

 

Time deposits

 

 

819,451

 

 

649,153

 

 

515,370

 

 

428,841

 

 

349,685

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total deposits

 

 

1,705,628

 

 

1,277,597

 

 

1,042,228

 

 

1,001,411

 

 

828,665

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

3,306

 

 

3,321

 

 

9,607

 

 

17,735

 

 

20,434

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

135,823

 

 

99,687

 

 

99,270

 

 

83,358

 

 

50,030

 

Other liabilities

 

 

21,942

 

 

14,314

 

 

10,102

 

 

11,403

 

 

8,600

 

Liabilities related to discontinued operations

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

28,817

 

 

82,130

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

249,725

 

 

163,121

 

 

136,343

 

 

127,459

 

 

119,820

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Average Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

2,116,424

 

$

1,558,040

 

$

1,297,550

 

$

1,270,183

 

$

1,109,679

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

     Loans

          Our ability to grow our loan portfolio has been impacted by additional downward pressure placed on the real estate market, especially in our coastal markets, as reduced demand has driven the steep decline in real estate prices. Average loan growth was strong in 2004 and continued into mid-2005 as economic conditions in our markets were good. After the 2005 hurricane season and Hurricane Katrina, loan demand in our markets directly on the Gulf of Mexico slowed considerably. We believe the psychological effects of the storms of 2004 and 2005, as well as severe problems in the property insurance industry and overall economic decline, contributed to the slowdown in loan demand throughout our coastal markets that began in late 2005. Our average loan-to-deposit ratio was 91 percent in 2008, 90 percent in 2007 and 96 percent in 2006. Our loan-to-deposit ratio at year-end 2008 was 92 percent compared to 89 percent at year-end 2007 and 91 percent at year-end 2006.

          Our lending strategy concentrates on originating loans with relatively short maturities or, in the case of loans with longer maturities, with floating rate arrangements when possible. Of our outstanding loans at December 31, 2008, $979 million, or 64 percent, mature within one year or otherwise reprice within one year. Maintaining high levels of short-term and variable rate loans in our portfolio is a key component of our interest rate risk management strategy and was a key contributor to our improved net interest revenue and our net interest margin during the recent rising interest rate environment. Net interest revenue and net interest margin decreased when interest rates declined rapidly in 2008. Net interest revenue and the net interest margin are discussed more fully under “Results of Operations.”

          We offer, through third party arrangements, certain mortgage loan products that we sell to these third parties shortly after origination and that are therefore not retained in our loan portfolio. These products expand our mortgage loan product offerings and have the capacity to generate significant fee income, especially during periods of relatively low mortgage rates. These fees have come from first and second home purchases as well as from home refinancing volume. Mortgage loan origination volume in several of our markets has declined due to the downturn in the national housing market, particularly in our coastal markets impacted by the severe hurricane season in 2005, and from a rise in interest rates beginning in mid 2004. Refinancing volume in the metropolitan areas of Mobile and Montgomery have remained relatively stable. With the return to lower mortgage rates in the last half of 2008, volume has increased. Mortgage refinancing volumes are expected to increase in 2009 with record low interest rates. Potential restriction on cash-out refinancings may lower these volumes to some degree.

36


          Table 2 shows the distribution of our loan portfolio by major category at December 31, 2008, and at year-end for each of the previous four years. Included in commercial, financial and agricultural loans in 2008 are $37.3 million in commercial leases acquired in the Peoples merger. Table 3 depicts maturities of selected loan categories and the interest rate structure for such loans maturing after one year.

Table 2

DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS AND LEASES BY CATEGORY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial, and agricultural

 

$

349,897

 

$

381,366

 

$

196,136

 

$

168,645

 

$

176,145

 

Real estate — construction

 

 

439,425

 

 

476,330

 

 

341,992

 

 

340,858

 

 

218,845

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

 

663,423

 

 

681,027

 

 

411,873

 

 

429,323

 

 

413,620

 

Consumer, installment and single pay

 

 

84,787

 

 

101,366

 

 

54,857

 

 

55,720

 

 

54,936

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

1,537,532

 

 

1,640,089

 

 

1,004,858

 

 

994,546

 

 

863,546

 

Less: Unearned discount leases

 

 

(5,204

)

 

(7,815

)

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Less: Deferred loan cost (unearned loan income), net

 

 

1,478

 

 

402

 

 

(123

)

 

(1,194

)

 

(1,339

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total loans and leases

 

$

1,533,806

 

$

1,632,676

 

$

1,004,735

 

$

993,352

 

$

862,207

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Table 3

SELECTED LOANS AND LEASES BY TYPE AND MATURITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008
Maturing

 

 

 


 

 

 

Within
One Year

 

After One But
Within Five Years

 

After
Five Years

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial, and agricultural

 

$

193,128

 

$

133,825

 

$

22,944

 

$

349,897

 

Real estate — construction

 

 

365,622

 

 

65,391

 

 

8,412

 

 

439,425

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

 

170,383

 

 

330,624

 

 

162,416

 

 

663,423

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

$

729,133

 

$

529,840

 

$

193,772

 

$

1,452,745

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Loans maturing after one year with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed interest rates

 

 

 

 

$

389,781

 

$

59,618

 

 

 

 

Floating interest rates

 

 

 

 

 

140,059

 

 

134,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

529,840

 

$

193,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

Securities

          SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, requires that securities be classified into one of three categories: held to maturity, available for sale or trading. Securities classified as held to maturity are stated at amortized cost. Securities are classified as held to maturity if Management has the positive intent, and we have the ability, to hold the securities until they mature. Securities classified as available for sale are stated at fair value. Securities are classified as available for sale if they are to be held for indefinite periods of time, such as securities Management intends to use as part of its asset/liability strategy or that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risks, changes in liquidity needs, the need to increase regulatory capital or other similar factors. At December 31, 2008, all of our securities were stated at estimated fair value since they were in the available for sale category. At December 31, 2008, we held no trading securities or securities classified as held to maturity.

          The maturities and weighted-average yields of securities available for sale at December 31, 2008, are presented in Table 4 at amortized cost using the average stated contractual maturities. The average stated contractual maturities may differ from the average expected life because of amortized principal payments or because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations. Tax equivalent adjustments, using a 35 percent tax rate, have been made when calculating yields on tax-exempt obligations. Mortgage-backed securities are shown only in the total as these securities have monthly principal payments.

37


Table 4

MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within One Year

 

After One
But Within
Five Years

 

After Five
But Within
Ten Years

 

After Ten
Years

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

December 31, 2008

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

399

 

 

1.86

%

$

399

 

 

4.35

%

$

0

 

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

 

0.00

%

$

798

 

 

3.10

%

U.S. Government sponsored enterprises

 

 

15,144

 

 

5.13

 

 

9,280

 

 

5.28

 

 

3,737

 

 

5.40

 

 

499

 

 

6.01

 

 

28,660

 

 

5.23

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

10,642

 

 

6.78

 

 

15,380

 

 

6.49

 

 

3,463

 

 

6.79

 

 

1,128

 

 

7.03

 

 

30,613

 

 

6.64

 

Other investments

 

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

2,909

 

 

2.50

 

 

2,909

 

 

2.50

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

155,502

 

 

5.06

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

26,185

 

 

5.75

%

$

25,059

 

 

6.01

%

$

7,200

 

 

6.07

%

$

4,536

 

 

4.01

%

$

218,482

 

 

5.26

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, are presented in the following table.

Table 5

AMORTIZED COST AND ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

798

 

$

830

 

$

1,097

 

$

1,112

 

$

896

 

$

902

 

U.S. Government sponsored enterprises

 

 

28,660

 

 

29,754

 

 

97,148

 

 

98,087

 

 

43,390

 

 

42,571

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

30,613

 

 

30,940

 

 

37,888

 

 

38,374

 

 

44,138

 

 

44,665

 

Other investments

 

 

2,909

 

 

2,909

 

 

2,421

 

 

2,406

 

 

1,574

 

 

1,543

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

155,502

 

 

157,446

 

 

105,072

 

 

105,898

 

 

29,526

 

 

28,817

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

218,482

 

$

221,879

 

$

243,626

 

$

245,877

 

$

119,524

 

$

118,498

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Deposits and Short-Term Borrowings

          The mix of deposits from 2007 to 2008 has remained relatively unchanged. Total deposits at year-end 2008 decreased $165.5 million, or 9.1 percent, from year-end 2007. The decrease was partially the result of the sale of three branches in August 2008. The remaining decrease resulted from the extreme market and economic reaction to the financial crisis which began in the last half of 2008. Average deposits increased at a rapid pace in 2005, growing from $828.7 million in 2004 to $1.0 billion in 2005, an increase of 20.8 percent. Our deposit mix, on average, did not significantly change in 2004 and 2005. In 2006, we saw a decrease in average savings deposits of $27.6 million. Most of the decrease occurred in our Florida market and appears to be a result of the slowdown which occurred after Hurricane Katrina. Also in 2006 we experienced an increase of $86.5 million in average time deposits. Part of this increase is a result of our efforts to offset the savings deposit decrease in Florida, and the remainder resulted from new account efforts in our other markets. The increase of $235.4 million from 2006 to 2007 was almost entirely attributable to the Peoples purchase, since deposit growth in our Gulf Coast markets slowed considerably. In 2006, the Bank significantly increased rates on time deposits in its Florida markets in order to attract new deposits to fund loans. As these time deposits matured in 2007, the Bank offered lower replacement rates. As a result, deposits in our Florida markets decreased by approximately $42.1 million from December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2007.

38


          We define core deposits as total deposits less certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more. Core deposits, as a percentage of total deposits, represented 74 percent and 77 percent at year-end 2008 and 2007, respectively. While our primary deposit-taking emphasis focuses on attracting and retaining core deposits from customers who will also use our other products and services, we have from time to time found it necessary to use non-core funding sources such as large certificates of deposit and other borrowed funds. This was the case in periods of very rapid loan growth such as we experienced during 2004 and 2005. We do not currently need to access our non-core funding sources, as internally generated funds are supplying our liquidity needs. While we might consider using non-core funding sources again during periods when loan growth exceeds core deposit growth, we are currently focused on minimizing our reliance on these sources of funds.

Table 6

AVERAGE DEPOSITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average for the Year

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Average
Amount
Outstanding

 

Average
Rate
Paid

 

Average
Amount
Outstanding

 

Average
Rate
Paid

 

Average
Amount
Outstanding

 

Average
Rate
Paid

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

221,781

 

 

 

 

$

174,867

 

 

 

 

$

180,008

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

554,562

 

1.35

%

 

 

369,475

 

2.66

%

 

 

254,531

 

1.99

%

 

Savings deposits

 

 

109,834

 

1.01

 

 

 

84,102

 

1.92

 

 

 

92,319

 

2.16

 

 

Time deposits

 

 

819,451

 

3.83

 

 

 

649,153

 

5.01

 

 

 

515,370

 

4.47

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Total average deposits

 

$

1,705,628

 

 

 

 

$

1,277,597

 

 

 

 

$

1,042,228

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

          Table 7 reflects maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more, including brokered deposits, at December 31, 2008. Deposits of $428.3 million in this category represented 25.8 percent of total deposits at year-end 2008, compared to $426.3 million representing 23.3 percent of total deposits at year-end 2007. The dollar amount of deposits in this category remained relatively unchanged; however, the percent compared to total deposits increased slightly because deposits at year-end 2008 were $165 million lower than at year-end 2007.

Table 7

MATURITIES OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008

 


 

Under
3 Months

 

3-6 Months

 

7-12 Months

 

Over
12 Months

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

$

153,502

 

$

122,211

 

$

108,328

 

$

44,250

 

$

428,291

 

          Short-term borrowings include three items: (1) federal funds purchased; (2) borrowings from the FHLB and (3) a short-term loan from an unrelated lender. We sold federal funds of $18.9 million on average during 2008 while average short-term borrowings were $3.3 million. During 2005 we relied much more than we have historically on short-term borrowings as a funding source to meet rapid loan growth; however, our liquidity position improved in 2006. In 2007 and 2008, as loan demand weakened, we relied less on short-term borrowings as a loan funding source.

Table 8

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Maximum
Month-End
Balance

 

Average
Balance
During
Year

 

Weighted-
Average
Interest
Rate

 

Maximum
Month-End
Balance

 

Average
Balance
During
Year

 

Weighted-
Average
Interest
Rate

 

Maximum
Month-End
Balance

 

Average
Balance
During
Year

 

Weighted-
Average
Interest
Rate

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars In thousands)

 

Federal funds purchased

 

$

6,400

 

$

1,296

 

 

2.55

%

$

0

 

$

47

 

 

5.06

%

$

0

 

$

50

 

 

4.76

%

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

 

8,069

 

 

2,010

 

 

1.33

 

 

5,002

 

 

3,028

 

 

2.43

 

 

17,018

 

 

9,557

 

 

4.41

 

Other

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

843

 

 

246

 

 

3.68

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

$

3,306

 

 

1.81

%

 

 

 

$

3,321

 

 

2.47

%

 

 

 

$

9,607

 

 

4.41

%

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

39


FHLB Advances and Long-term Debt

          We use FHLB advances as an alternative to other funding sources with similar maturities. FHLB advances, as a funding source, are flexible and allow us to quickly obtain funding with the mix of maturities and rates that best suits our overall asset/liability management strategy. Our FHLB advances totaled $58.5 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $65.3 million as of December 31, 2007. We use our long-term FHLB advances primarily to fund loan originations. During 2007, we repaid FHLB advances as they matured in an effort to reduce our dependency on these types of funds. We acquired $45.1 million in FHLB advances in the Peoples purchase in 2007. During 2008, we replaced most of our maturing FHLB advances with new advances.

          Of our outstanding FHLB advances at December 31, 2008, all had fixed interest rates. Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Report on Form 10-K sets forth additional information relating to outstanding balances, scheduled maturities and rates of our FHLB advances.

          In 2003, we increased our long-term borrowings by issuing a note payable to our wholly owned statutory trust subsidiary, BancTrust Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), which the Trust purchased with the $18 million proceeds of trust preferred securities it sold to investors. The note payable matures in December 2033. We pay interest on the note to the Trust, and the Trust pays dividends on the trust preferred securities quarterly. The interest rate we and the Trust pay is reset quarterly at Three-Month LIBOR plus 290 basis points. We used the proceeds from the note payable to finance a portion of the purchase price for CommerceSouth, Inc. We have the option to repay any amounts of the note payable beginning December 2008.

          In 2006, we again increased our long-term borrowings by issuing a note payable to our wholly owned statutory trust subsidiary, BancTrust Capital Trust II (“Trust II”), which Trust II purchased with the $15 million proceeds of trust preferred securities it sold to an investor. The note payable matures in 2037. We pay interest on the note to Trust II, and Trust II pays dividends on the trust preferred securities quarterly. The interest rate we and Trust II pay is reset quarterly at Three-Month LIBOR plus 164 basis points. We used $7.5 million of the proceeds from the note payable to repay a bank loan. The remainder was used for general corporate purposes. We do not have the option to repay any amounts of the note payable until 2012.

          In 2007, we obtained a $38 million term loan which we used to finance a portion of the purchase price for The Peoples BancTrust Company. On December 20, 2008 we prepaid $18 million of the loan. The loan matures in October of 2010 and is carried as Long-term Debt. The interest rate on this loan is based on one-month LIBOR plus a spread. The spread is based on our level of non-performing assets and can fluctuate monthly. The spread at December 31, 2008 was 450 basis points, which is the maximum spread possible under the loan agreement. This loan is secured by our stock in the Bank and requires quarterly interest payments. As of December 31, 2008, our ratio of nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate owned was 7.79 percent, which exceeds the 5.00 percent allowed by the Loan Agreement governing this loan. We have been granted a waiver of the breach of the loan covenant regarding non-performing assets. This waiver only applies to the covenant breach as of December 31, 2008, and the situation will be reviewed again as of March 31, 2009. If we remain in breach of this covenant and are unable to obtain a waiver or amendment of the loan agreement, the lending bank would have the right to give notice of default. If we are unable to cure the default within ninety days of notice, then the lending bank would have the right to declare the entire balance of the loan due and payable, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and ability to pay dividends. Management continues to vigorously pursue a favorable resolution to this issue.

Contractual Obligations

          Table 9 presents information about our contractual obligations, which by their terms are not short-term, at December 31, 2008.

Table 9

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Year
or Less

 

Over One
to Three Years

 

Four to
Five Years

 

More Than
Five Years

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt(1)

 

$

22,046

 

$

45,057

 

$

75

 

$

46,220

 

$

113,398

 

Operating leases

 

 

457

 

 

736

 

 

279

 

 

1,529

 

 

3,001

 

Tax contingencies

 

 

392

 

 

919

 

 

37

 

 

0

 

 

1,348

 

Payments to pension plan

 

 

1,400

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,400

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

771,019

 

 

77,240

 

 

10,326

 

 

6,367

 

 

864,952

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

795,314

 

$

123,952

 

$

10,717

 

$

54,116

 

$

984,099

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

Refer to Note 12 in the consolidated financial statements, “Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Long-Term Debt,” for additional information about these obligations, including certain redemption features.

40


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          The Company, as part of its ongoing operations, issues financial guarantees in the form of financial and performance standby letters of credit. Standby letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Company generally to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. A financial standby letter of credit is a commitment by the Company to guarantee a customer’s repayment of an outstanding loan or financial obligation. In a performance standby letter of credit, the Company guarantees a customer’s performance under a contractual non-financial obligation for which it receives a fee. The Company has recourse against the customer for any amount it is required to pay to a third party under a standby letter of credit. Revenues are recognized over the life of the standby letter of credit. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under its standby letters of credit at December 31, 2008 was $30.0 million, and that sum represents the Company’s maximum credit risk. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $300 thousand of unearned fees associated with standby letter of credit agreements. The Company holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary. Collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial property.

          Table 10 presents information about our off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2008.

Table 10

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Year
or Less

 

Over One Year
Through Five
Years

 

Over
Five Years

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Lines of credit — unused

 

$

204,135

 

$

29,106

 

$

12,151

 

$

245,392

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

24,363

 

 

5,701

 

 

0

 

 

30,064

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

228,498

 

$

34,807

 

$

12,151

 

$

275,456

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Asset/Liability Management

          The purpose of asset/liability management is to maximize return while minimizing risk. Maximizing return means achieving or exceeding our profitability and growth goals. Minimizing risk means managing four key risk factors: (1) liquidity; (2) interest rate sensitivity; (3) capital adequacy; and (4) asset quality. Our asset/liability management involves a comprehensive approach to Statement of Condition management that meets the risk and return criteria established by Management and the Board of Directors. Management does not typically use derivative financial instruments as part of the asset/liability management process.

          Our primary market risk is our exposure to interest rate changes. Interest rate risk management strategies are designed to optimize net interest income while minimizing the effects of changes in market rates of interest on operating results and asset and liability fair values. A key component of our interest rate risk management strategy is to manage and match the maturity and repricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities.

          We use modeling techniques to simulate the effects various changes in market rates of interest would have on our interest income and on the fair values of our assets and liabilities. Important elements that affect the risk profile of our Statement of Condition in interest rate risk modeling include the mix of floating versus fixed rate assets and liabilities and the scheduled, as well as expected, repricing and maturing volumes and rates of assets and liabilities. Using the Interest Sensitivity Analysis presented in Table 11, applying a scenario simulating a hypothetical 100 basis point rate increase applied to all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2008, we would expect a net decrease in net interest income of $1.4 million for the year following the rate increase. Using a scenario simulating a hypothetical 100 basis point decrease, we would expect a net decrease in net interest income of $3.6 million for the year following the rate decrease. These hypothetical examples are not a precise indicator of future events or of the actual effects such rate increases or decreases would have on our financial condition and operating results. Instead, they are reasonable estimates of the results anticipated if the assumptions used in the modeling techniques were to occur.

41


Liquidity

          Liquidity represents the ability of a bank to meet its funding needs with its available sources of funds. It represents our ability to meet loan commitments as well as deposit withdrawals. Liquidity is derived from both the asset side and the liability side of the Statement of Condition. On the asset side, liquidity is provided by marketable investment securities, maturing loans, federal funds sold and cash and cash equivalents. On the liability side, liquidity is provided by a stable base of core deposits. In addition to our ability to meet liquidity demands through current assets and liabilities, we had available at December 31, 2008, federal funds lines of credit of $63.4 million and FHLB lines of credit $48.6 million. Our Asset/Liability Committee, which is made up of certain members of Management and the Board of Directors, monitors our liquidity position and formulates and implements, when appropriate, corrective measures in the event certain liquidity parameters are exceeded.

          The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows provide an analysis of cash from operating, investing, and financing activities. Cash flows from operating activities provided $32.1 million in 2008 compared to $20.8 million in 2007 and $12.6 million in 2006. Net cash from investing activities provided $45.5 million in 2008 primarily due to the decrease in loans and provided $60.1 million in 2007 primarily from decreased investments in interest-bearing deposits in other banks and other investments. Net cash used in financing activities was $152.5 million in 2008 compared to $81.1 million in 2007, due primarily to the decrease in deposits of $165.4 million in 2008 and $71.7 million in 2007. The net decrease in cash and cash equivalents was $74.9 million in 2008, compared to a net decrease of $162 thousand in 2007 and a net increase of $31.7 million in 2006. We acquired net cash and cash equivalents of $22.2 million in 2007 through the purchase of Peoples.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

          Management attempts to maintain a proper balance between the growth of net interest revenue and the risks that might result from significant changes in interest rates in the market by monitoring our interest rate sensitivity. One tool for measurement of this risk is gap analysis, whereby the repricing of assets and liabilities is compared within certain time categories. By identifying mismatches in repricing opportunities within a time category, we can identify interest rate risk. The interest sensitivity analysis presented in Table 11 is based on this type of gap analysis, which assumes that rates earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities will move simultaneously in the same direction and to the same extent. However, the rates associated with these assets and liabilities typically change at different times and in varying amounts.

          Changes in the composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities can increase or decrease net interest revenue without affecting interest rate sensitivity. The interest rate spread between assets and their corresponding liabilities can be significantly changed while the repricing interval for both remains unchanged, thus impacting net interest revenue. Over a period of time, net interest revenue can increase or decrease if one side of the Statement of Condition reprices before the other side. An interest sensitivity ratio of 100 percent (earning assets divided by interest-bearing liabilities), which represents a matched interest rate sensitive position, does not guarantee maximum net interest revenue. Management evaluates several factors, including the general direction of interest rates, before making adjustments to earning assets. Management tries to determine the type of investment and the maturity needed to maximize net interest revenue while minimizing interest rate risk. Management may, from time to time, accept calculated risks associated with interest rate sensitivity in an attempt to maximize net interest revenue. We have not in the past used derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate sensitivity; however, in the 2007 Peoples merger, we acquired an interest rate contract. Peoples purchased the interest rate contract to manage interest rate risk in its loan portfolio. The contract was sold in the first quarter of 2008 for a gain of $1.1 million.

42


          At December 31, 2008, our three-month gap position (interest-earning assets divided by interest-bearing liabilities) was 78 percent, and our twelve-month cumulative gap position was 81 percent. Our twelve-month cumulative gap position was within the range established by Management as acceptable but our three-month position was slightly out of the range. Our three-month gap position indicates that, in a period of rising interest rates, each $0.78 of earning assets that reprice upward during the three months would be accompanied by $1.00 in interest-bearing liabilities repricing upward during the same period. Thus, under this scenario, net interest revenue could be expected to decrease during the three-month period of rising rates, as interest expense increases would exceed increases in interest income. Likewise, our twelve-month gap position indicates that each $0.81 of interest-earning assets that reprices upward during such period would be accompanied by upward repricing of $1.00 in interest-bearing liabilities resulting in a decrease in net interest revenue. In a period of falling rates, the opposite effect might occur. While certain categories of liabilities are contractually tied to interest rate movements, most, including deposits, are subject only to competitive pressures and do not necessarily reprice directly with changes in market rates. Because rates on liabilities are near historic lows, a further decrease in rates would probably not result in an increase in net interest revenue. Management has some flexibility when adjusting rates on these products. Therefore, the repricing of assets and liabilities would not necessarily take place at the same time and in corresponding amounts.

          The following table summarizes our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2008. Adjustable rate loans are included in the period in which their interest rates are scheduled to adjust. Fixed rate loans are included in the periods in which they are anticipated to be repaid based on scheduled maturities. Investment securities are included in the period in which they are scheduled to mature. Certificates of deposit are presented according to contractual maturity dates.

Table 11

INTEREST SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 


 

 

 

Interest Rate Sensitive
Within (Cumulative)

 

Non-Interest
Rate
Sensitive
Within 5
Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

3 Months

 

3-12 Months

 

1-5 Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases(1)

 

$

609,589

 

$

978,587

 

$

1,398,769

 

$

138,763

 

$

1,537,532

 

Unearned income

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

(3,726

)

 

(3,726

)

Less allowance for loan losses

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

(30,683

)

 

(30,683

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net loans

 

 

609,589

 

 

978,587

 

 

1,398,769

 

 

104,354

 

 

1,503,123

 

Investment securities

 

 

42,371

 

 

66,453

 

 

164,631

 

 

57,248

 

 

221,879

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

 

42,376

 

 

42,376

 

 

42,376

 

 

0

 

 

42,376

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total interest-earning assets

 

$

694,336

 

$

1,087,416

 

$

1,605,776

 

$

161,602

 

$

1,767,378

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

212,260

 

$

212,260

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

479,634

 

 

479,634

 

 

479,634

 

 

0

 

 

479,634

 

Savings deposits(2)

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

105,631

 

 

105,631

 

Large denomination time deposits

 

 

167,993

 

 

386,309

 

 

428,096

 

 

195

 

 

428,291

 

Other time deposits

 

 

183,022

 

 

392,443

 

 

435,637

 

 

1,024

 

 

436,661

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

55,010

 

 

76,973

 

 

102,048

 

 

11,350

 

 

113,398

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

885,659

 

$

1,335,359

 

$

1,445,415

 

$

330,460

 

$

1,775,875

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Interest rate sensitivity gap

 

$

(191,323

)

$

(247,943

)

$

160,361

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets/interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

.78

 

 

.81

 

 

1.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate sensitivity gap/interest-earning assets

 

 

(.28

)

 

(.23

)

 

.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


 

(1)

Non-accrual loans are included in the “Non-Interest Rate Sensitive Within 5 Years” category.

 

 

(2)

Certain types of savings accounts are included in the “Non-Interest Rate Sensitive Within 5 Years” category. In Management’s opinion, these liabilities do not reprice in the same proportions as interest rate-sensitive assets, as they are not responsive to general interest rate changes in the economy.

43


Capital Resources

          Tangible shareholders’ equity (shareholders’ equity less goodwill, other intangible assets and accumulated other comprehensive income) was $185.0 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $141.2 million at December 31, 2007 and $94.4 million at December 31, 2006. At year-end 2008, our Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.80%, an increase from 9.60% at year-end 2007. Both increases resulted from the issuance of $50 million in preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury on December 19, 2008.

          In the fourth quarter of 2008, we applied to participate in the Capital Purchase Program of the Troubled Asset Relief Program and were approved to issue preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury. We completed the sale of $50 million in preferred shares to the United States Treasury on December 19, 2008. The preferred shares pay a cumulative annual dividend at the rate of 5% for the first five years. The dividend will increase to 9% after five years if the preferred shares have not been redeemed by the Company. In conjunction with the issuance of the preferred shares, we issued the U.S. Treasury a warrant to purchase up to 730,994 shares of our common stock at $10.26 per share, which would represent an aggregate investment, if fully exercised of approximately $7.5 million in BancTrust common stock, or 15% of the investment in preferred stock. Our participation resulted in the imposition of certain restrictions including limits on executive compensation and the requirement that we obtain prior approval from the U.S. Treasury before increasing our regular quarterly dividends paid to common shareholders above $0.13 per share.

          Under the Capital Purchase Program, the Company’s ability to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration its common stock or trust preferred securities of its affiliates is restricted until the earlier of (a) the third anniversary of the issuance of the preferred stock and (b) the date on which the Company has redeemed all of the preferred stock or the Treasury has transferred all of the preferred stock to third parties; provided, however, that certain restrictions persist for any period when there are accrued and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock outstanding.

          We used $18 million of the proceeds to repay a portion of the bank loan related to the Peoples acquisition. We contributed $30 million in capital to the Bank after year-end.

          In December 2003, we formed a wholly-owned statutory trust subsidiary (the “Trust”). The Trust issued $18.0 million of trust preferred securities guaranteed by BancTrust on a junior subordinated basis. We obtained the proceeds from the Trust’s sale of trust preferred securities by issuing junior subordinated debentures to the Trust and used the proceeds to partially finance the purchase price of CommerceSouth, Inc. In December 2006, we formed another wholly-owned statutory trust subsidiary (“Trust II”). Trust II issued $15.0 million of trust preferred securities guaranteed by BancTrust on a junior subordinated basis. We obtained the proceeds from Trust II’s sale of trust preferred securities by issuing junior subordinated debentures to Trust II and used the proceeds to repay $7.5 million of long-term debt and for general corporate purposes. Under revised Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”) promulgated by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), both the Trust and Trust II must be deconsolidated with us for accounting purposes. As a result of this accounting pronouncement, the Federal Reserve Board adopted changes to its capital rules with respect to the regulatory capital treatment afforded to trust preferred securities. The Federal Reserve Board’s rules permit qualified trust preferred securities and other restricted capital elements to be included as Tier 1 capital up to 25% of core capital. We believe that our trust preferred securities qualify under these revised regulatory capital rules and expect that we will continue to treat our $33.0 million of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital. For regulatory purposes, the trust preferred securities are added to our tangible common shareholders’ equity to calculate Tier 1 capital.

          Our leverage ratio, defined as tangible shareholders’ equity divided by quarterly average assets, was 11.09% at year-end 2008 compared to 8.86% at year-end 2007. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC require bank holding companies and banks to maintain certain minimum levels of capital as defined by risk-based capital guidelines. These guidelines consider risk factors associated with various components of assets, both on and off the Statement of Condition. Under these guidelines, capital is measured in two tiers, and these capital tiers are used in conjunction with “risk-based” assets in determining “risk-based” capital ratios. Our capital ratios expressed as a percentage of total risk-adjusted assets, for Tier 1 and Total Capital were 12.80 percent and 14.05 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2008. We exceeded the minimum risk-based capital guidelines at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The minimum guidelines are shown in Table 12. (See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Capital Adequacy,” and Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

44


Table 12

RISK-BASED CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Tier 1 capital —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

$

47,085

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity

 

 

137,895

 

 

141,191

 

 

94,410

 

Payable to business trust

 

 

33,000

 

 

33,000

 

 

33,000

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total Tier 1 capital

 

$

217,980

 

$

174,191

 

$

127,410

 

 

 



 



 



 

Tier 2 capital —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowable portion of the allowance for loan losses

 

$

21,377

 

$

22,449

 

$

13,860

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2)

 

$

239,357

 

$

196,640

 

$

141,270

 

 

 



 



 



 

Risk-adjusted assets

 

$

1,703,026

 

$

1,814,850

 

$

1,106,511

 

Quarterly average assets

 

 

1,965,114

 

 

1,965,667

 

 

1,271,077

 

Risk-based capital ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

 

 

12.80

%

 

9.60

%

 

11.51

%

Total capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2)

 

 

14.05

%

 

10.84

%

 

12.77

%

Minimum risk-based capital guidelines:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

 

 

4.00

%

 

4.00

%

 

4.00

%

Total capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2)

 

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 

11.09

%

 

8.86

%

 

10.02

%

Results of Operations

     Net Interest Revenue

          Net interest revenue, the difference between amounts earned on interest-earning assets and the amounts paid on interest-bearing liabilities, is the most significant component of earnings for a financial institution. Major factors influencing net interest revenue are changes in interest rates, changes in the volume of assets and liabilities and changes in the asset/liability mix. Presented in Table 13 is an analysis of net interest revenue, weighted-average yields on interest-earning assets and weighted-average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities for the past three years.

          Net yield on interest-earning assets is net interest revenue, on a tax equivalent basis, divided by total average interest-earning assets. This ratio is a measure of our effectiveness in pricing interest-earning assets and funding them with both interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing liabilities. Our net yield in 2008, on a tax equivalent basis, decreased 55 basis points to 3.40 percent compared to 3.95 percent in 2007 and 4.61 percent in 2006. From mid-2004 through mid-2006, rising interest rates and a large increase in our loan volume resulted in an increase to our net yield. This trend continued until the Federal Reserve stopped increasing rates in mid-2006. The Federal Reserve’s monetary policy, combined with slower loan growth in 2006, resulted in margin compression. In recent years certain loans were placed on non-accrual, further reducing our net interest margin. The rapid decrease in interest rates beginning in the third quarter of 2008 was a contributing factor as well. The current high volume of non-performing assets as of December 31, 2008, reduced our net interest margin by approximately 35 to 40 basis points in 2008. Further cuts in interest rates could erode our margin by limiting our ability to offset point for point asset yield reductions with liability costs. Further liability cost reductions could be limited by competition for deposits as well as the inability to aggressively lower deposit rates below the already near historic low levels in some categories.

45


Table 13

NET INTEREST REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Average
Amount
Outstanding

 

Average
Rate

 

Interest
Earned/
Paid

 

Average
Amount
Outstanding

 

Average
Rate

 

Interest
Earned/
Paid

 

Average
Amount
Outstanding

 

Average
Rate

 

Interest
Earned/
Paid

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

Dollars in thousands

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable securities

 

$

193,012

 

5.19

%

 

$

10,024

 

$

99,996

 

5.33

%

 

$

5,334

 

$

80,467

 

4.78

%

 

$

3,845

 

Non-taxable securities

 

 

30,940

 

4.79

 

 

 

1,482

 

 

42,453

 

4.06

 

 

 

1,722

 

 

45,167

 

4.02

 

 

 

1,817

 

 

 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 

Total securities

 

 

223,952

 

5.14

 

 

 

11,506

 

 

142,449

 

4.95

 

 

 

7,056

 

 

125,634

 

4.51

 

 

 

5,662

 

Loans and leases(1)

 

 

1,560,017

 

6.15

 

 

 

95,887

 

 

1,147,714

 

8.03

 

 

 

92,126

 

 

999,034

 

8.13

 

 

 

81,214

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

18,883

 

2.14

 

 

 

404

 

 

67,947

 

5.24

 

 

 

3,560

 

 

26,171

 

4.94

 

 

 

1,292

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

9,262

 

3.19

 

 

 

295

 

 

23,248

 

5.52

 

 

 

1,283

 

 

370

 

5.41

 

 

 

20

 

 

 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

1,812,114

 

5.96

 

 

 

108,092

 

 

1,381,358

 

7.53

 

 

 

104,025

 

 

1,151,209

 

7.66

 

 

 

88,188

 

 

 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

 

54,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

87,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned, net

 

 

39,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

40,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

108,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(25,086

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,901

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,815

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,116,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,558,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,297,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 

$

664,396

 

1.29

%

 

$

8,581

 

$

453,577

 

2.52

%

 

$

11,448

 

$

346,850

 

2.03

%

 

$

7,053

 

Time deposits

 

 

819,451

 

3.83

 

 

 

31,409

 

 

649,153

 

5.01

 

 

 

32,523

 

 

515,370

 

4.47

 

 

 

23,034

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

3,306

 

1.81

 

 

 

60

 

 

3,321

 

2.47

 

 

 

82

 

 

9,607

 

4.41

 

 

 

424

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

135,823

 

5.26

 

 

 

7,138

 

 

99,687

 

6.21

 

 

 

6,192

 

 

99,270

 

5.45

 

 

 

5,412

 

 

 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

1,622,976

 

2.91

 

 

 

47,188

 

 

1,205,738

 

4.17

 

 

 

50,245

 

 

971,097

 

3.70

 

 

 

35,923

 

 

 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 



 


 

 



 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

 

 

221,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

21,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

243,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

190,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

249,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

163,121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

136,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,116,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,558,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,297,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Revenue

 

 

 

 

3.05

%

 

$

60,904

 

 

 

 

3.36

%

 

$

53,780

 

 

 

 

3.96

%

 

$

52,265

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 



 

 

 

 


 

 



 

 

 

 


 

 



 

Net yield on interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

3.36

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.89

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.54

%

 

 

 

 

Tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

 

0.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

Net yield on interest-earning assets (tax equivalent)

 

 

 

 

3.40

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.95

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.61

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 


 

(1)

Loans classified as non-accrual are included in the average volume classification. Loan fees of $403, $1,194 and $2,252 for the years ended 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, are included in the interest amounts for loans.

46


          Table 14 reflects the changes in our sources of taxable-equivalent interest income and expense between 2008 and 2007 and between 2007 and 2006. The variances resulting from changes in interest rates and the variances resulting from changes in volume are shown.

          Tax-equivalent net interest revenue in 2008 was $7.0 million higher than in 2007, caused by both an increase in volume of $17.7 million resulting from the Peoples acquisition in 2007 and a decrease of $10.7 million caused by the decline in rates from 2007 to 2008.

          Tax-equivalent net interest revenue in 2007 was $1.5 million higher than in 2006. Increased volume accounted for an increase of $7.8 million, and a decrease in rates accounted for a $6.3 million decline.

Table 14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANALYSIS OF TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT INTEREST INCREASES (DECREASES)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008 Change From 2007

 

2007 Change From 2006

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)
Due to(1)

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)
Due to(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
Change

 


 

Total
Change

 


 

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

Dollars in thousands

 

Interest revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable securities

 

$

4,690

 

$

4,955

 

$

(265

)

$

1,489

 

$

971

 

$

518

 

Non-taxable securities

 

 

(348

)

 

(713

)

 

365

 

 

(138

)

 

(158

)

 

20

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total securities

 

 

4,342

 

 

4,242

 

 

100

 

 

1,351

 

 

813

 

 

538

 

Loans and leases

 

 

3,761

 

 

28,936

 

 

(25,175

)

 

10,912

 

 

12,073

 

 

(1,161

)

Federal funds sold

 

 

(3,156

)

 

(2,026

)

 

(1,130

)

 

2,268

 

 

2,073

 

 

195

 

Deposits

 

 

(988

)

 

(665

)

 

(323

)

 

1,263

 

 

1,237

 

 

26

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

3,959

 

 

30,487

 

 

(26,528

)

 

15,794

 

 

16,196

 

 

(402

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 

 

(2,867

)

 

3,371

 

 

(6,238

)

 

4,395

 

 

2,407

 

 

1,988

 

Other time deposits

 

 

(1,114

)

 

7,336

 

 

(8,450

)

 

9,489

 

 

6,228

 

 

3,261

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

(22

)

 

0

 

 

(22

)

 

(342

)

 

(242

)

 

(100

)

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

946

 

 

2,104

 

 

(1,158

)

 

780

 

 

26

 

 

754

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

(3,057

)

 

12,811

 

 

(15,868

)

 

14,322

 

 

8,419

 

 

5,903

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest revenue

 

$

7,016

 

$

17,676

 

$

(10,660

)

$

1,472

 

$

7,777

 

$

(6,305

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

The change in interest revenue and expense due to both rate and volume has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of the change in each.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

          The provision for loan and lease losses is the charge to earnings that is added to the allowance for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance at a level that is adequate to absorb inherent losses in our loan portfolio. Management reviews the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a continuous basis by assessing the quality of the loan portfolio and adjusting the allowance when appropriate. Risk management procedures are in place to assist in identifying potential problem loans.

          Management’s evaluation of each loan includes a review of the financial condition and capacity of the borrower, the value of the collateral, current economic trends, historical losses, work-out and collection arrangements and possible risks associated with concentrations of credit. The loan review process also includes an evaluation of credit quality within the mortgage and installment loan portfolios. In establishing the allowance, loss percentages are applied to groups of loans with similar risk characteristics. These loss percentages are determined by historical experience, portfolio mix, economic factors and other risk factors. Each quarter this review is quantified in a report prepared by loan review officers and delivered to Management, which uses the report to determine whether any adjustments to the allowance for loan losses are appropriate. Management submits these quarterly reports to BancTrust’s Board of Directors. The amount of the allowance is affected by: (i) loan charge-offs, which decrease the allowance; (ii) recoveries on loans previously charged-off, which increase the allowance; and (iii) the provisions for loan losses charged to income, which increase the allowance.

47


          Table 15 sets forth certain information with respect to our average loans, allowance for loan losses, charge-offs and recoveries for the five years ended December 31, 2008.

Table 15

SUMMARY OF LOAN AND LEASE LOSS EXPERIENCE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

23,775

 

$

16,328

 

$

14,013

 

$

9,608

 

$

7,786

 

Balance of acquired bank

 

 

0

 

 

6,740

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Balance sold

 

 

(345

)

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

 

1,769

 

 

2,170

 

 

1,797

 

 

1,095

 

 

1,254

 

Real estate- construction

 

 

5,218

 

 

8,831

 

 

7

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

1,492

 

 

876

 

 

518

 

 

131

 

 

568

 

Installment

 

 

809

 

 

828

 

 

316

 

 

428

 

 

497

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total charge-offs

 

 

9,288

 

 

12,705

 

 

2,638

 

 

1,654

 

 

2,319

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

 

295

 

 

476

 

 

159

 

 

133

 

 

63

 

Real estate - construction

 

 

122

 

 

95

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

310

 

 

63

 

 

43

 

 

39

 

 

16

 

Installment

 

 

554

 

 

343

 

 

157

 

 

162

 

 

165

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total recoveries

 

 

1,281

 

 

977

 

 

359

 

 

334

 

 

244

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net charge-offs

 

 

8,007

 

 

11,728

 

 

2,279

 

 

1,320

 

 

2,075

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Provision charged to operating expense

 

 

15,260

 

 

12,435

 

 

4,594

 

 

5,725

 

 

3,897

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Allowance for loan and lease losses - Balance at end of year

 

$

30,683

 

$

23,775

 

$

16,328

 

$

14,013

 

$

9,608

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Loans and leases at end of year, net of unearned income

 

$

1,533,806

 

$

1,632,676

 

$

1,004,735

 

$

993,352

 

$

862,207

 

Ratio of ending allowance to ending loans and leases

 

 

2.00

%

 

1.46

%

 

1.63

%

 

1.41

%

 

1.11

%

Average loans and leases, net of unearned income

 

$

1,560,017

 

$

1,147,714

 

$

999,034

 

$

952,701

 

$

726,791

 

Non-performing loans and leases from continuing operations

 

 

72,499

 

 

36,026

 

 

16,208

 

 

6,762

 

 

2,947

 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases

 

 

0.51

%

 

1.02

%

 

.23

%

 

.14

%

 

.29

%

Ratio of ending allowance to total non-performing loans

 

 

42.32

%

 

65.99

%

 

100.74

%

 

207.23

%

 

326.03

%

          Net charge-offs were $8.0 million in 2008 compared to $11.7 million in 2007 and $2.3 million in 2006. The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of loans was 2.00 percent at December 31, 2008, 1.46 percent at December 31, 2007 and 1.63 percent at December 31, 2006.

          The allowance for loan and lease losses was increased to $30.7 million, or 2.00% of total loans and leases in 2008 to account for higher levels of non-performing loans’ primarily associated with our Florida and Alabama coastal markets. The provision charged to operating expense was $15.3 million in 2008 compared to $12.4 million in 2007. Loan charge-offs, changes in risk grades and adjustments to allocations on individual loans affected the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses. The changes in the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses (see table 16) from 2008 to 2007 are primarily attributable to the increase in non-performing loans secured by real estate.

48


          Management reviews the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses on a continuous basis by assessing the quality of the loan and lease portfolio, including non-performing loans and leases, and adjusts the allowance when appropriate. Management believes the current methodology used to determine the required level of reserves is adequate, and Management considered the allowance adequate at December 31, 2008. Deterioration of the credit quality of loans in our portfolio, especially loans along the immediate Gulf Coast, could lead to an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses in future periods.

Table 16

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Allowance
Allocation

 

Percentage of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Allowance
Allocation

 

Percentage of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Allowance
Allocation

 

Percentage of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

5,028

 

 

22.76

%

$

5,363

 

 

23.25

%

$

3,962

 

 

19.52

%

Real estate

 

 

23,581

 

 

71.73

 

 

15,637

 

 

70.57

 

 

11,643

 

 

75.02

 

Installment

 

 

2,074

 

 

5.51

 

 

2,775

 

 

6.18

 

 

723

 

 

5.46

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

30,683

 

 

100.00

%

$

23,775

 

 

100.00

%

$

16,328

 

 

100.00

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Allowance
Allocation

 

Percentage of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Allowance
Allocation

 

Percentage of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

4,443

 

 

16.96

%

$

5,709

 

 

20.40

%

Real estate

 

 

8,513

 

 

77.44

 

 

3,295

 

 

73.24

 

Installment

 

 

1,057

 

 

5.60

 

 

604

 

 

6.36

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

14,013

 

 

100.00

%

$

9,608

 

 

100.00

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Non-Performing Assets

          Non-performing assets include accruing loans 90 days or more past due, loans on non-accrual, renegotiated loans and other real estate owned. Commercial, business and installment loans are classified as non-accrual by Management upon the earlier of: (i) a determination that collection of interest is doubtful; or (ii) the time at which such loans become 90 days past due unless collateral or other circumstances reasonably assure full collection of principal and interest.

          Table 17 sets forth certain information with respect to accruing loans 90 days or more past due, loans on non-accrual, renegotiated loans and other real estate owned, all with respect to continuing operations. Non-performing assets were $123.4 million at year-end 2008 compared to $50.6 million at year-end 2007. Loans on non-accrual increased to $72.5 million from $36.0 million at December 31, 2007, primarily a result of placing certain real estate loans along our coastal markets on non-accrual. As previously discussed, the real estate markets along our Gulf Coast markets have experienced a substantial slow-down. Management anticipates foreclosing on certain loans in the Gulf Coast market and has reserved an amount in the allowance for loan losses to cover the anticipated losses on these loans. These anticipated losses were considered in Management’s evaluation of the allowance for loan losses. Management continues to monitor these loans and other real estate loans along our coastal markets and meets regularly with local BancTrust personnel to discuss and evaluate these loans, other potential problem loans, and the overall economic conditions within the market. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans increased to 2.00% at December 31, 2008 from 1.46% at December 31, 2007 (see Table 15).

          Total non-performing assets as a percentage of loans and other real estate owned at year-end 2008 was 7.8 percent compared to 3.1 percent at year-end 2007 and 1.7 percent at year-end 2006.

49


Table 17

SUMMARY OF NON-PERFORMING ASSETS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

$

0

 

$

18

 

$

0

 

$

154

 

$

1

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1

 

 

7

 

 

0

 

 

397

 

 

50

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total accruing loans 90 days or more past due

 

 

1

 

 

25

 

 

0

 

 

551

 

 

51

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans on non-accrual:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land loans

 

 

56,884

 

 

27,329

 

 

8,867

 

 

145

 

 

0

 

1-4 family residential loans

 

 

8,229

 

 

3,131

 

 

2,754

 

 

609

 

 

510

 

Non-farm non-residential property loans

 

 

4,298

 

 

4,927

 

 

2,848

 

 

2,470

 

 

554

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

2,316

 

 

217

 

 

447

 

 

1,648

 

 

654

 

Consumer loans

 

 

750

 

 

397

 

 

377

 

 

395

 

 

206

 

Other loans

 

 

21

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total loans on non-accrual

 

 

72,498

 

 

36,001

 

 

15,293

 

 

5,267

 

 

1,924

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Renegotiated non-farm non-residential loans

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

915

 

 

944

 

 

972

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

 

 

72,499

 

 

36,026

 

 

16,208

 

 

6,762

 

 

2,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

 

46,252

 

 

10,648

 

 

0

 

 

36

 

 

166

 

1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,638

 

 

758

 

 

0

 

 

103

 

 

98

 

Non-farm non-residential properties

 

 

3,012

 

 

3,118

 

 

1,250

 

 

289

 

 

400

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total other real estate owned

 

 

50,902

 

 

14,524

 

 

1,250

 

 

428

 

 

664

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

123,401

 

$

50,550

 

$

17,458

 

$

7,190

 

$

3,611

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due as a percentage of loans and leases

 

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.06

%

 

0.01

%

Total non-performing loans as a percentage of loans and leases

 

 

4.73

%

 

2.21

%

 

1.61

%

 

0.68

%

 

0.34

%

Total non-performing assets as a percentage of loans, leases and other real estate owned

 

 

7.79

%

 

3.07

%

 

1.74

%

 

0.72

%

 

0.42

%

The following table contains a break out by location of non-performing assets at December 31, 2008.

Table 18

DETAILS OF NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Central Alabama

 

$

13,064

 

$

6,805

 

$

19,869

 

South Alabama

 

 

1,709

 

 

13,665

 

 

15,374

 

Northwest Florida

 

 

56,876

 

 

29,669

 

 

86,545

 

Other

 

 

850

 

 

763

 

 

1,613

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

72,499

 

$

50,902

 

$

123,401

 

 

 



 



 



 

Details of Non-Accrual Loans

          The impact of non-accrual loans on interest income over the past five years is shown in Table 19. Not included in the table are potential problem loans totaling $43.0 million at December 31, 2008. These loans are primarily construction and land development loans. Potential problem loans are loans as to which Management had serious doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present repayment terms. These loans do not meet the criteria for, and are therefore not included in, non-performing assets. Management, however, classifies potential problem loans as either special mention watch or substandard. These loans were considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and are closely and regularly monitored to protect BancTrust’s interests.

50


Table 19

DETAILS OF NON-ACCRUAL LOANS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Principal balance at December 31,

 

$

72,498

 

$

36,001

 

$

15,293

 

$

5,267

 

$

1,924

 

Interest that would have been recorded under original terms for the years-ended December 31,

 

$

6,556

 

$

2,374

 

$

1,211

 

$

430

 

$

145

 

Interest actually recorded in the financial statements for the years-ended December 31,

 

$

2,493

 

$

1,816

 

$

452

 

$

155

 

$

69

 

Non-Interest Revenue and Non-Interest Expense

          Non-interest revenue was $23.0 million in 2008 compared to $15.2 million in 2007, an increase of 51.5 percent. Service charges on deposit accounts increased 58.5 percent. Non-interest revenue was favorably affected by the Peoples acquisition completed in the fourth quarter of 2007. Trust revenue increased 36.5 percent. ATM interchange fees, the largest component of other income, charges and fees, increased $859 thousand, or 108.5 percent. Service charges, trust revenue and ATM interchange fees increased due to the volume of accounts and the Peoples acquisition completed in the fourth quarter of 2007. Mortgage fee income decreased $930 thousand, or 44.8 percent, in 2008 compared to 2007. Mortgage fee income was impacted by the slow-down in the real estate market, particularly, second home purchase volume in our coastal markets compared with the prior year. We believe the slow-down in our coastal markets was originally attributable to the severe storms in 2004 and 2005 and to the inability in certain circumstances to obtain insurance on real estate within these markets, and that the slowdown has been exacerbated by the overall slow-down in real estate markets and the broader economy.

Table 20

NON-INTEREST REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year-Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Non-Interest Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

11,069

 

$

6,983

 

$

4,726

 

Trust revenue

 

 

4,156

 

 

3,044

 

 

2,229

 

Securities gains (losses), net

 

 

186

 

 

3

 

 

(44

)

Gain on sale of derivative

 

 

1,115

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Other income, charges and fees

 

 

6,429

 

 

5,126

 

 

4,733

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

22,955

 

$

15,156

 

$

11,644

 

 

 



 



 



 

          The efficiency ratio, calculated as non-interest expense divided by net interest revenue (tax adjusted) plus non-interest revenue is a measure of performance in the banking industry. A lower efficiency ratio indicates a more efficient company. The ratio can be lowered by increasing revenue or by decreasing expenses. Our efficiency ratio in 2008 was 80.0 percent compared to 69.1 percent in 2007, and the decrease in the net interest margin in 2008 was the primary contributor to the negative change. Included in the efficiency ratio calculation was $3.5 million in intangible amortization in 2008 and $2.0 million in loss on other real estate compared to $1.2 million in intangible amortization expense and $535 thousand in loss on other real estate in 2007.

          Non-interest expense increased 40.0 percent in 2008 compared to 2007. Most of this increase is attributable to the acquisition we completed early in the fourth quarter of 2007. Salary and employee benefit expense increased 29.4 percent. Employees have decreased from 686 at year-end 2007 to 621 at year-end 2008. Reduction in the number of employees was a result of planned consolidations related to the merger and the sale of three branches acquired from Peoples. Intangible amortization increased $2.3 million, a result of recognizing annual amortization related to the fourth quarter 2007 acquisition. Loss on other real estate was $2.0 million compared to $535 thousand in 2007. Other real estate carrying cost, which includes property taxes, insurance, and maintenance expenses, increased from $208 thousand in 2007 to $1.4 million in 2008, due to the higher levels of other real estate owned and these expenses are included in other expense. Since the completion of our acquisition of Peoples, we have experienced a decrease in certain non-interest expense categories, including advertising, data processing and stationery and office supplies due to increase efficiency as these functions were consolidated. We anticipate continued savings from cost-saving initiatives implemented in 2008 and those planned for 2009.

51


Table 21

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year-Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Non-Interest Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries

 

$

23,471

 

$

18,661

 

$

14,557

 

Pension and other employee benefits

 

 

7,802

 

 

5,503

 

 

6,832

 

Furniture and equipment expense

 

 

4,879

 

 

3,718

 

 

2,935

 

Net occupancy expense

 

 

7,212

 

 

4,501

 

 

3,100

 

Intangible amortization

 

 

3,501

 

 

1,227

 

 

749

 

Loss on other real estate

 

 

1,979

 

 

535

 

 

24

 

Other expense

 

 

18,794

 

 

14,163

 

 

11,529

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

67,638

 

$

48,308

 

$

39,726

 

 

 



 



 



 

Income Taxes

          In 2008 we recorded an income tax benefit of $295 thousand compared to income tax expense of $2.0 million in 2007 and $6.3 million in 2006. Increased levels of bank owned life insurance and municipal interest income combined with lower levels of pre-tax income led to the 2008 tax benefit. Our effective combined tax rate was 24.5 percent in 2007 compared to 32.2 percent in 2006. The change in tax expense from 2006 to 2007 is attributable in part to the decrease in taxable income.

Inflation and Other Issues

          Because our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature, the effect of inflation on our assets is less significant compared to most commercial and industrial companies. However, inflation does have an impact on the growth of total assets in the banking industry and the resulting need to increase capital at higher than normal rates in order to maintain an appropriate equity-to-assets ratio. Inflation also has a significant effect on other expenses, which tend to rise during periods of general inflation. Notwithstanding these effects of inflation, Management believes our financial results are influenced more by Management’s ability to react to changes in interest rates than by inflation.

          Except as discussed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, Management is not aware of trends, events or uncertainties that will have or that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the liquidity, capital resources or operations of the Company. Except as discussed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, Management is not aware of any current recommendations by regulatory authorities which, if they were implemented, would have such an effect.

52


SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 


 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Interest revenue

 

$

30,994

 

$

27,622

 

$

25,266

 

$

24,210

 

$

108,092

 

Interest expense

 

 

14,135

 

 

11,458

 

 

10,898

 

 

10,697

 

 

47,188

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest revenue

 

 

16,859

 

 

16,164

 

 

14,368

 

 

13,513

 

 

60,904

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

2,929

 

 

2,382

 

 

1,863

 

 

8,086

 

 

15,260

 

Non-interest revenue

 

 

6,684

 

 

5,211

 

 

5,587

 

 

5,473

 

 

22,955

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

16,711

 

 

16,380

 

 

17,906

 

 

16,641

 

 

67,638

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

3,903

 

 

2,613

 

 

186

 

 

(5,741

)

 

961

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

1,155

 

 

836

 

 

(37

)

 

(2,249

)

 

(295

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net income (loss)

 

 

2,748

 

 

1,777

 

 

223

 

 

(3,492

)

 

1,256

 

Preferred stock dividend

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

111

 

 

111

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

 

$

2,748

 

$

1,777

 

$

223

 

$

(3,603

)

$

1,145

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Basic income (loss) per share

 

$

.16

 

$

.10

 

$

.01

 

$

(.21

)

$

.07

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Diluted income (loss) per share

 

$

.16

 

$

.10

 

$

.01

 

$

(.21

)

$

.06

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 


 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars In thousands except per share amounts)

 

Interest revenue

 

$

23,750

 

$

23,920

 

$

22,842

 

$

33,513

 

$

104,025

 

Interest expense

 

 

11,670

 

 

11,720

 

 

10,811

 

 

16,044

 

 

50,245

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest revenue

 

 

12,080

 

 

12,200

 

 

12,031

 

 

17,469

 

 

53,780

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

786

 

 

2,933

 

 

1,167

 

 

7,549

 

 

12,435

 

Non-interest revenue

 

 

2,991

 

 

3,144

 

 

3,234

 

 

5,787

 

 

15,156

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

10,767

 

 

10,804

 

 

10,812

 

 

15,925

 

 

48,308

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

3,518

 

 

1,607

 

 

3,286

 

 

(218

)

 

8,193

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

1,067

 

 

351

 

 

927

 

 

(338

)

 

2,007

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net income

 

$

2,451

 

$

1,256

 

$

2,359

 

$

120

 

$

6,186

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Basic income per share

 

$

.22

 

$

.11

 

$

.21

 

$

.01

 

$

.49

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Diluted income per share

 

$

.22

 

$

.11

 

$

.21

 

$

.01

 

$

.49

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

          BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. reported a net loss available to common shareholders of $3.6 million, or $(0.21) per diluted common share, in the fourth quarter of 2008.

          BancTrust’s fourth quarter results were negatively impacted by the increase in our provision for loan losses, a decline in the net interest margin and higher costs associated with other real estate owned. The increase in our provision was due to a higher level of non-performing loans and higher loan charge-offs. Our Florida and coastal Alabama markets remained weak due to the significant decrease in real estate prices and sales volumes.

          Net interest revenue declined 22.7 percent to $13.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 compared with $17.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2007. The decline in net interest revenue was due primarily to a 2.6 percent decrease in average earning assets to $1.8 billion combined with a 75 basis point decline in the net interest margin to 3.08 percent for the fourth quarter 2008. Our high level of non-performing assets accounted for approximately half of the decrease in the net interest margin, which was also negatively impacted by numerous interest rate cuts by the Federal Reserve during 2008. These rate cuts, combined with pressure from banks in the Company’s markets who have been aggressively pricing deposit accounts, caused our average yield on loans to decline at a faster rate than our cost of deposits.

          The provision for loan losses increased 7.1 percent to $8.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 compared with $7.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2007. Net charge-offs were $2.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2008, a decrease from $10.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2008.

          We increased our allowance for loan losses to $30.7 million, or 2.00 percent of total loans, in the fourth quarter of 2008. The allowance has been increased in each of the last four quarters to account for higher levels of non-performing loans, primarily associated with our Florida and Alabama coastal markets.

53


          Total non-interest revenue was down 5.4 percent to $5.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 compared with $5.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2007. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in other income, charges and fees, offset partially by an 18.5 percent increase in trust revenue to $1.1 million and a $135 thousand gain from the sale of securities compared with a similar gain of $3 thousand in the fourth quarter of 2007.

          Total non-interest expense increased 4.5 percent to $16.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 compared with $15.9 million in the prior year fourth quarter. The increase resulted from higher other non-interest expense, including expenses related to other real estate owned, a $113 thousand increase in intangible amortization costs related to the effect of purchase accounting and a 3.4 percent increase in salaries and benefits. Also, Peoples’ expenses were not included in the first two weeks of the fourth quarter in 2007 because of purchase accounting. Higher non-interest costs in the fourth quarter of 2008 were offset partially by a $304 thousand decrease in net losses on other real estate compared with the fourth quarter of 2007.

          The loss before taxes was ($5.7) million in the fourth quarter of 2008 compared with a loss before taxes of ($218) thousand in the fourth quarter of 2007. The net loss for the fourth quarter of 2008 was ($3.5) million compared with net income of $120 thousand, which included a $338 thousand tax benefit, in the fourth quarter of 2007. Net loss per common share for the fourth quarter of 2008 was ($0.21) per diluted common share compared with net income of $0.01 per diluted common share in the fourth quarter of 2007.

          The 2008 fourth quarter results included $111 thousand in dividends on the preferred stock we issued to the U. S. Treasury. There were no comparable dividends in the 2007 fourth quarter.

          In late December 2008 we decreased long-term debt by paying $18 million of the $38 million bank loan used to fund the Peoples acquisition.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

          The information required by this Item 7A is included in Item 7 beginning on page 41 under the heading “Asset/Liability Management” and on page 42 under the headings “Liquidity” and “Interest Rate Sensitivity.”

54


Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Management’s Report on Financial Statements

          The Management of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. is responsible for the preparation, content, integrity, objectivity and reliability of the financial statements and all other financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, Management made judgments and estimates based upon currently available facts, events and transactions.

          Management depends upon the Company’s accounting system and internal control structure to meet its responsibility for the reliability of these statements. These systems and controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the assets are safeguarded from material loss and that the transactions executed are in accordance with Management’s authorizations and are properly recorded in the financial records. The concept of reasonable assurance recognizes that the cost of internal accounting controls should not exceed the benefits derived and that there are inherent limitations of any system of internal accounting controls.

          Management is required to evaluate, and to report on its evaluation of, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management has found both the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting to be effective as of December 31, 2008 and Management’s report on these items is included in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

          The independent registered public accounting firm of Dixon Hughes PLLC has been engaged to audit the Company’s financial statements and to express an opinion as to whether the Company’s statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position, cash flows and the results of operations of the Company, all in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Their audit is conducted in conformity with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and includes procedures believed by them to be sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free of material misstatement. They also issue an attestation report on Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting.

          The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed of directors who meet the standards of independence set by the Nasdaq Stock Market, oversees Management in the exercise of its responsibility in the preparation of these statements. This committee has the responsibility to review periodically the scope, findings and opinions of the audits of the independent registered public accountants and internal auditors. Dixon Hughes PLLC and the internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee and also to the Board of Directors to meet independent of Management to discuss the internal control structure, accounting, auditing and other financial reporting concerns.

          We believe these policies and procedures provide reasonable assurance that our operations are conducted in accordance with a high standard of business conduct and that the financial statements reflect fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

 

 

 

J. STEPHEN NELSON

F. MICHAEL JOHNSON

W. BIBB LAMAR, JR.

Chairman

Chief Financial Officer

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

55


Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

          Management of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting was designed under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of published financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

          Management assessed the effectiveness of BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework.

          Based on its assessment, Management believes that, as of December 31, 2008, BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

          BancTrust’s independent registered public accounting firm, Dixon Hughes PLLC, has issued an attestation report on Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, is included on page 57 of this Report on Form 10-K.

W. BIBB LAMAR, JR.
President and Chief Executive Officer

F. MICHAEL JOHNSON
Chief Financial Officer

56


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS

BANCTRUST FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

We have audited BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (BancTrust)’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, BancTrust maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of BancTrust as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated March 20, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. As further described in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its accounting method of measuring the liability and related expense of a supplemental retirement plan in 2008.

/s/ Dixon Hughes PLLC

Atlanta, Georgia
March 20, 2009

57




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS

BANCTRUST FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by Management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As further described in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its accounting method of measuring the liability and related expense of a supplemental retirement plan in 2008.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 20, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Dixon Hughes PLLC

Atlanta, Georgia
March 20, 2009

58




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007 the Company changed its method of accounting for uncertainties in income taxes, effective January 1, 2006, its method of accounting for share-based payment and evaluating prior year misstatements, and effective December 31, 2006, its method of accounting for defined benefit pension plans.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Birmingham, Alabama

March 17, 2008

59


BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Condition
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars and shares in thousands
except per share amounts)

 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

42,693

 

$

58,166

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

0

 

 

59,400

 

 

 



 



 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

 

42,693

 

 

117,566

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

42,376

 

 

11,215

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

221,879

 

 

245,877

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

2,927

 

 

3,631

 

Loans and leases

 

 

1,530,879

 

 

1,629,045

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

(30,683

)

 

(23,775

)

 

 



 



 

Loans and leases, net

 

 

1,500,196

 

 

1,605,270

 

 

 



 



 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

83,588

 

 

88,334

 

Accrued income receivable

 

 

7,928

 

 

12,481

 

Goodwill

 

 

97,367

 

 

95,643

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

9,477

 

 

12,978

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance

 

 

15,765

 

 

15,106

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

50,902

 

 

14,524

 

Other assets

 

 

13,079

 

 

17,469

 

 

 



 



 

Total Assets

 

$

2,088,177

 

$

2,240,094

 

 

 



 



 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing

 

$

1,450,217

 

$

1,585,684

 

Non-interest-bearing

 

 

212,260

 

 

242,243

 

 

 



 



 

Total deposits

 

 

1,662,477

 

 

1,827,927

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

0

 

 

4,198

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

113,398

 

 

137,341

 

Other liabilities

 

 

22,914

 

 

21,108

 

 

 



 



 

Total Liabilities

 

 

1,798,789

 

 

1,990,574

 

 

 



 



 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock — no par value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares authorized — 500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares outstanding — 50 in 2008 and none in 2007

 

 

47,085

 

 

0

 

Common stock — $.01 par value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares authorized — 50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued — 17,811 in 2008 and 17,753 in 2007

 

 

178

 

 

178

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

193,458

 

 

189,683

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

 

 

(2,271

)

 

(291

)

Deferred compensation payable in common stock

 

 

1,674

 

 

1,432

 

Retained earnings

 

 

53,346

 

 

62,358

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock, at cost — 256 shares in 2008 and 2007

 

 

(2,408

)

 

(2,408

)

Common stock held in grantor trust — 100 shares in 2008 and 74 shares in 2007

 

 

(1,674

)

 

(1,432

)

 

 



 



 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

289,388

 

 

249,520

 

 

 



 



 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

2,088,177

 

$

2,240,094

 

 

 



 



 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

60


BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

INTEREST REVENUE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases

 

$

95,887

 

$

92,126

 

$

81,214

 

Investment securities — taxable

 

 

10,024

 

 

5,334

 

 

3,845

 

Investment securities — non-taxable

 

 

1,482

 

 

1,722

 

 

1,817

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

404

 

 

3,560

 

 

1,292

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

295

 

 

1,283

 

 

20

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total interest revenue

 

 

108,092

 

 

104,025

 

 

88,188

 

 

 



 



 



 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

39,990

 

 

43,971

 

 

30,087

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

7,138

 

 

6,192

 

 

5,412

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

60

 

 

82

 

 

424

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total interest expense

 

 

47,188

 

 

50,245

 

 

35,923

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net interest revenue

 

 

60,904

 

 

53,780

 

 

52,265

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

15,260

 

 

12,435

 

 

4,594

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net interest revenue after provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

45,644

 

 

41,345

 

 

47,671

 

 

 



 



 



 

NON-INTEREST REVENUE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

11,069

 

 

6,983

 

 

4,726

 

Trust revenue

 

 

4,156

 

 

3,044

 

 

2,229

 

Gain on sale of derivative

 

 

1,115

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Securities gains (losses), net

 

 

186

 

 

3

 

 

(44

)

Other income, charges and fees

 

 

6,429

 

 

5,126

 

 

4,733

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-interest revenue

 

 

22,955

 

 

15,156

 

 

11,644

 

 

 



 



 



 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries

 

 

23,471

 

 

18,661

 

 

14,557

 

Pension and other employee benefits

 

 

7,802

 

 

5,503

 

 

6,832

 

Furniture and equipment expense

 

 

4,879

 

 

3,718

 

 

2,935

 

Net occupancy expense

 

 

7,212

 

 

4,501

 

 

3,100

 

Intangible amortization

 

 

3,501

 

 

1,227

 

 

749

 

Loss (gain) on other real estate owned

 

 

1,979

 

 

535

 

 

24

 

Other expense

 

 

18,794

 

 

14,163

 

 

11,529

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-interest expense

 

 

67,638

 

 

48,308

 

 

39,726

 

 

 



 



 



 

Income before income taxes

 

 

961

 

 

8,193

 

 

19,589

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

(295

)

 

2,007

 

 

6,303

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net income

 

 

1,256

 

 

6,186

 

 

13,286

 

 

 



 



 



 

Effective preferred stock dividend

 

 

111

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,145

 

$

6,186

 

$

13,286

 

 

 



 



 



 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

.07

 

$

.49

 

$

1.19

 

 

 



 



 



 

Diluted income per common share

 

$

.06

 

$

.49

 

$

1.17

 

 

 



 



 



 

Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic

 

 

17,540

 

 

12,521

 

 

11,151

 

 

 



 



 



 

Weighted-average shares outstanding — diluted

 

 

17,695

 

 

12,704

 

 

11,308

 

 

 



 



 



 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

61


BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred
Stock

 

Common
Stock
Shares
Issued

 

Common
Stock
Par
Amount

 

Additional
Paid in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(loss), Net

 

Unearned/
Deferred
Compensation
Payable in
Common Stock

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Common Stock
Held in
Grantor Trust

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

$

0

 

 

11,369

 

 

114

 

$

79,504

 

$

(1,335

)

$

672

 

$

55,488

 

$

(2,408

)

$

(996

)

$

131,039

 

SAB 108 adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(258

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(258

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, January 1, 2006, as adjusted

 

 

0

 

 

11,369

 

 

114

 

 

79,504

 

 

(1,335

)

 

672

 

 

55,230

 

 

(2,408

)

 

(996

)

 

130,781

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,286

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(182

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(182

)

Net change in fair values of securities available for sale, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,203

 

Dividends declared ($.52 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,844

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,844

)

Purchase of deferred compensation treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(248

)

 

0

 

Deferred compensation payable in common stock held in grantor trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(87

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

0

 

Shares issued under dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

289

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

514

 

Effect of adoption of SFAS. No. 123R

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(324

)

 

 

 

 

324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

Effect of adoption of SFAS. No. 158, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(823

)

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(862

)

Common stock options exercised

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

0

 

 

442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

442

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 2006

 

 

0

 

 

11,422

 

 

114

 

 

80,425

 

 

(2,241

)

 

1,157

 

 

62,633

 

 

(2,408

)

 

(1,157

)

 

138,523

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,186

 

Recognized net periodic pension benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

137

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(225

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(225

)

Net change in fair values of securities available for sale, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,136

 

Dividends declared ($.52 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,689

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,689

)

Purchase of deferred compensation treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(296

)

 

0

 

Deferred compensation payable in common stock held in grantor trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

0

 

Shares issued under dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

289

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

655

 

Effect of adoption of FIN 48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

Common stock issued in business combination

 

 

 

 

 

6,293

 

 

63

 

 

108,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

108,113

 

Common stock options exercised

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

1

 

 

264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

265

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 2007

 

 

0

 

 

17,753

 

 

178

 

 

189,683

 

 

(291

)

 

1,432

 

 

62,358

 

 

(2,408

)

 

(1,432

)

 

249,520

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle relating to supplemental executive retirement plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(829

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(829

)

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,256

 

Recognized net periodic pension benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,852

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,852

)

Net change in fair values of securities available for sale, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

726

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

726

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(724

)

Dividends declared common ($.52 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,172

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,172

)

Dividends preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(90

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(90

)

Purchase of deferred compensation treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(310

)

 

0

 

Deferred compensation payable in common stock held in grantor trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(68

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

 

0

 

Preferred stock issued

 

 

47,064

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,064

 

Common stock warrants issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,867

 

Amortization of preferred stock discount

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

Shares issued under dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

359

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

549

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

549

 

Adjustment to reflect adoption of EITF 06-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(156

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(156

)

Restricted stock fully vested

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

$

47,085

 

 

17,811

 

$

178

 

$

193,458

 

$

(2,271

)

$

1,674

 

$

53,346

 

$

(2,408

)

$

(1,674

)

$

289,388

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

62


BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,256

 

$

6,186

 

$

13,286

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of premises and equipment

 

 

5,897

 

 

3,872

 

 

2,940

 

Amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts, net

 

 

(1,018

)

 

(82

)

 

510

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

3,501

 

 

1,227

 

 

749

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

15,260

 

 

12,435

 

 

4,594

 

Securities (gains) losses, net

 

 

(186

)

 

(3

)

 

44

 

Stock compensation

 

 

549

 

 

655

 

 

514

 

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

 

(659

)

 

(313

)

 

(191

)

Loss on sales and write-downs of other real estate owned, net

 

 

1,979

 

 

535

 

 

24

 

Gain on sale of other loans originated for sale

 

 

(679

)

 

(1,265

)

 

(1,237

)

Gain on sale of derivative

 

 

(1,115

)

 

0

 

 

0

 

Gain on sale of other assets

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

(312

)

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(5,742

)

 

415

 

 

(831

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans originated for sale

 

 

(71,935

)

 

(136,078

)

 

(144,456

)

Loans sold

 

 

73,318

 

 

138,523

 

 

147,319

 

Accrued income receivable

 

 

4,553

 

 

286

 

 

(754

)

Other assets

 

 

3,834

 

 

825

 

 

(4,105

)

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

 

 

3,285

 

 

(6,386

)

 

(5,474

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

32,098

 

 

20,832

 

 

12,620

 

 

 



 



 



 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

 

(31,161

)

 

39,720

 

 

(8,544

)

Net decrease (increase) in loans and leases

 

 

45,679

 

 

(18,787

)

 

(13,951

)

Purchases of premises and equipment, net

 

 

(5,967

)

 

(8,791

)

 

(10,528

)

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

 

 

4,816

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

 

 

6,476

 

 

4,660

 

 

491

 

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

 

 

109,326

 

 

29,156

 

 

15,978

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

 

 

27,358

 

 

667

 

 

527

 

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

 

(111,002

)

 

(8,732

)

 

(3,035

)

Net cash acquired in business combination

 

 

0

 

 

22,170

 

 

0

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

45,525

 

 

60,063

 

 

(19,062

)

 

 



 



 



 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

 

 

(165,403

)

 

(71,740

)

 

62,284

 

Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings

 

 

(4,198

)

 

78

 

 

(4,475

)

Proceeds from FHLB advances

 

 

125,606

 

 

0

 

 

35,000

 

Payments on FHLB advances

 

 

(131,619

)

 

(41,260

)

 

(55,000

)

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

 

 

0

 

 

38,000

 

 

15,464

 

Payments on long-term debt

 

 

(18,000

)

 

0

 

 

(10,000

)

Dividends paid

 

 

(8,813

)

 

(6,400

)

 

(5,555

)

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

47,064

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock warrants

 

 

2,867

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

 

 

0

 

 

265

 

 

442

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(152,496

)

 

(81,057

)

 

38,160

 

 

 



 



 



 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

(74,873

)

 

(162

)

 

31,718

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

 

117,566

 

 

117,728

 

 

86,010

 

 

 



 



 



 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

 

$

42,693

 

$

117,566

 

$

117,728

 

 

 



 



 



 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

63


BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company” or “BancTrust”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, BankTrust, headquartered in Mobile, Alabama (the “Bank”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Bank is engaged in the business of obtaining funds, primarily in the form of deposits, and investing such funds in commercial, installment and real estate loans in the Southern two-thirds of Alabama and Northwest Florida and in investment securities. The Bank also offers a range of other commercial bank products and services including insurance and investment products and services and trust services.

          BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION — The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with general practices within the banking industry. In preparing the financial statements, Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the Statement of Condition and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses.

          A substantial portion of the Company’s loans are secured by real estate in the Southern two-thirds of Alabama and Northwest Florida. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas. Management believes that the allowance for losses on loans is adequate. While Management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for losses on loans. Such agencies may require the Company to make changes to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination.

          CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold. Federal funds are generally sold for one day periods.

          Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

49,193

 

$

49,872

 

$

33,766

 

Income taxes

 

 

759

 

 

4,793

 

 

16,150

 

Non-cash transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

 

 

44,866

 

 

12,276

 

 

1,337

 

Dividends paid in common stock

 

 

321

 

 

277

 

 

289

 

Fair value of restricted stock issued

 

 

372

 

 

108

 

 

1,393

 

Adoption of EITF 06-4

 

 

156

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Net Assets Acquired

 

 

0

 

 

146,704

 

 

0

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes

 

 

(2,852

)

 

(225

)

 

(182

)

Net change in fair values of securities available for sale, net of taxes

 

 

726

 

 

2,038

 

 

99

 

          SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE — Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are accounted for using the interest method over the estimated life of the security. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. Securities available for sale may be used as part of the Company’s asset/liability strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rate risk, prepayment risk or other similar economic factors. The specific identification method is used to compute gains or losses on the sale of these assets.

64


          LOANS AND INTEREST INCOME — Loans are reported at the principal amounts outstanding, adjusted for unearned income, deferred loan origination fees and costs, purchase premiums and discounts, write-downs and the allowance for loan losses. Loan origination fees, net of certain deferred origination costs, and purchase premiums and discounts are recognized as an adjustment to the yield of the related loans using the interest method.

          Interest on loans is accrued and credited to income based on the principal amount outstanding.

          Loans are considered past due based on the contractual due date. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in the opinion of Management, there is an indication that the borrower may be unable to meet contractual payments as they become due. Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on non-accrual status unless there is sufficient collateral to assure collectability of principal and interest and the loan is in the process of collection. Upon such discontinuance, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against current income. Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to Management’s judgment as to the collectability of principal. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current and has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

          Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market value.

          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES — The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level considered by Management to be sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. Loans and leases are charged off against the allowance for loan and lease losses when Management believes that the collection of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance. BancTrust’s determination of its allowance for loan and lease losses is determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) Nos. 114 and 5 and other regulatory guidance. The amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the amount of the provision charged to expense is based on periodic reviews of the portfolio, past loan and lease loss experience, current economic conditions and such other factors which, in Management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating loan and lease losses.

          Management has developed and uses a documented systematic methodology for determining and maintaining an allowance for loan and lease losses. A regular, formal and ongoing loan review is conducted to identify loans and leases with unusual risks and probable loss. Management uses the loan and lease review process to stratify the loan and lease portfolios into risk grades. For higher-risk graded loans and leases in the portfolio, Management determines estimated amounts of loss based on several factors, including historical loss experience, Management’s judgment of economic conditions and the resulting impact on higher-risk graded loans and leases, the financial capacity of the borrower, secondary sources of repayment including collateral and regulatory guidelines. This determination also considers the balance of impaired loans (which are generally considered to be non-performing loans). Specific allowances for impaired loans are based on comparisons of the recorded carrying values of the loans to the present value of these loans’ estimated cash flows discounted at each loan’s effective interest rate, the fair value of the collateral, or the loans’ observable market price. Recovery of the carrying value of loans is dependent to a great extent on economic, operating and other conditions that may be beyond the Company’s control.

          In addition to evaluating probable losses on individual loans and leases, Management also determines probable losses for all other loans and leases that are not individually evaluated. The amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses related to all other loans and leases in the portfolio is determined based on historical and current loss experience, portfolio mix by loan and lease type and by collateral type, current economic conditions, the level and trend of loan and lease quality ratios and such other factors which, in Management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating inherent loan and lease losses. The methodology and assumptions used to determine the allowance are continually reviewed as to their appropriateness given the most recent losses realized and other factors that influence the estimation process. The model assumptions and resulting allowance level are adjusted accordingly as these factors change.

          PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The provision for depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or terms of the leases, if shorter. The Company periodically evaluates whether events have occurred that indicate that premises and equipment have been impaired. Measurement of any impact of such impairment is based on those assets’ fair values. No impairment losses were recorded in 2008, 2007 or 2006.

65


          OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED — Other real estate owned is carried at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value, as determined by Management, less costs to dispose. Any excess of the recorded investment over fair value, less costs to dispose, is charged to the allowance for loan losses at the time of foreclosure. A provision is charged to earnings and a related valuation account for subsequent losses on other real estate owned is established when, in the opinion of Management, such losses have occurred. The ability of the Company to recover the carrying value of real estate is based upon future sales of the real estate. The ability to effect such sales is subject to market conditions and other factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control. The recognition of sales and sales gains or losses is dependent upon whether the nature and term of the sales, including possible future involvement of the Company, if any, meet certain defined requirements. If not met, sale and gain recognition would be deferred.

          ASSETS AVAILABLE FOR SALE — In 2004, the Company purchased a parcel of land which it then sub-divided into three lots. One lot was used as a branch location. The remainder of the land was transferred to assets available for sale. One lot was sold in 2006. In 2007, the Company acquired two lots in the Peoples purchase that it has transferred to assets available for sale. These three remaining lots are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less any cost of disposal. The carrying amount at December 31, 2008 and 2007 is included in other assets and was $1.056 million and $806 thousand, respectively.

          INCOME TAXES — The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

          The Company adopted FASB Interpretation 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), as of January 1, 2007. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. The adoption of FIN 48 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

          INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually or if indicators of impairment are present. Measurement of any impairment of such assets is based on the asset’s fair value, with the resulting charge recorded as a loss. There were no impairment losses recorded in 2008, 2007 or 2006. Core deposit intangible assets acquired prior to the purchase of The Peoples BancTrust Company are amortized over seven years using the straight-line method which approximates the run-off of those deposits. Core deposit intangible assets acquired in the purchase of The Peoples BancTrust Company are being amortized over their estimated life of 15 years, using an accelerated method which approximates the run-off of those deposits.

          TREASURY STOCK — Treasury stock repurchases and sales are accounted for using the cost method.

          TRUST DEPARTMENT ASSETS AND INCOME — Assets held by the Trust Department in a fiduciary capacity for customers are not included in the consolidated financial statements. Fiduciary fees on trust accounts are recognized on the accrual basis.

          STOCK BASED COMPENSATION — The Company has two incentive stock compensation plans, the South Alabama Bancorporation 1993 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “1993 Plan”), and the South Alabama Bancorporation, Inc. 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2001 Plan”). The 1993 Plan was terminated in 2001 upon the adoption of the 2001 Plan. The remaining granted and outstanding options under the 1993 Plan are exercisable into common shares of the Company. At December 31, 2008, options for 70 thousand shares were granted and outstanding under the 1993 Plan. The Company may grant stock awards and options for up to 500 thousand shares to employees and directors under the 2001 Plan and has granted options to purchase 107 thousand shares under the 2001 Plan through December 31, 2008, of which options to purchase 83 thousand shares are outstanding. Under the 1993 and 2001 Plans, the option exercise price equals the stock’s market price at the date of grant. The options vest one year after date of issuance and expire after 10 years. The Company uses the fair-value method for accounting for stock-based employee compensation.

66


          As of January 1, 2006, all stock options issued by the Company had vested, and, therefore, the Company has recorded no compensation expense for any of the stock options issued prior to January 1, 2006. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) as of January 1, 2006 and, from that point forward, expensed the fair value of options granted over the required service period. On April 19, 2006 the Company issued an option to purchase 1 thousand shares of its common stock. The Company recognized $11 thousand as compensation expense for this option over the one year vesting period, of which $3 thousand was recognized in 2007 and $8 thousand was recognized in 2006. The fair value of each option granted in 2006 was $10.81 per share and was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using a risk-free interest rate of 4.96 percent, an expected dividend yield of 2.4 percent, an expected average life of 7.35 years and an expected volatility of 45 percent. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there was no unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options issued by the Company.

          A summary of the status of and changes in the Company’s issuance of restricted stock under the 2001 Plan at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted-Avg.
Fair Value
Price

 

Shares

 

Weighted-Avg.
Fair Value
Price

 

Shares

 

Weighted-Avg.
Fair Value
Price

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars and shares in thousands except per share)

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

94

 

$

20.32

 

 

90

 

$

20.24

 

 

24

 

$

19.78

 

Granted

 

 

36

 

 

10.32

 

 

5

 

 

21.69

 

 

68

 

 

20.40

 

Vested

 

 

(23

)

 

20.18

 

 

0

 

 

N/A

 

 

0

 

 

N/A

 

Forfeited

 

 

(1

)

 

19.78

 

 

(1

)

 

20.18

 

 

(2

)

 

19.98

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Outstanding at end of year

 

 

106

 

$

17.05

 

 

94

 

$

20.32

 

 

90

 

$

20.24

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          Restricted stock was issued with a total fair value, which was the average of the closing bid and ask price on the date of issuance, of $372 thousand, $108 thousand and $1.393 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The expense for shares issued prior to 2008 will be recognized over the required service period. Shares issued in 2007 and 2006 had a required service period of three years. Shares issued in 2008 have a required service period of 3 years for 22 thousand shares, four years for 7 thousand shares and five years for 7 thousand shares. The resulting pre-tax charge for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $557 thousand, $643 thousand and $509 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the total compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock issued by the Company not yet recognized was $428 thousand. The Company will recognize this expense over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.17 years.

          A summary of the status of and changes in the stock options granted pursuant to the 1993 Plan and the 2001 Plan at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted-Avg.
Exercise Price

 

Shares

 

Weighted-Avg.
Exercise Price

 

Shares

 

Weighted-Avg.
Exercise Price

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars and shares in thousands except per share)

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

183

 

$

15.41

 

 

211

 

$

14.89

 

 

249

 

$

14.25

 

Granted

 

 

0

 

 

N/A

 

 

0

 

 

N/A

 

 

1

 

 

21.58

 

Exercised

 

 

0

 

 

N/A

 

 

(25

)

 

10.77

 

 

(39

)

 

11.09

 

Forfeited

 

 

(30

)

 

16.83

 

 

(3

)

 

20.83

 

 

0

 

 

N/A

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Outstanding at end of year

 

 

153

 

$

15.13

 

 

183

 

$

15.41

 

 

211

 

$

14.89

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Exercisable at end of year

 

 

153

 

$

15.13

 

 

183

 

$

15.41

 

 

210

 

$

14.85

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Weighted-average fair value of the options granted

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

$

10.81

 

67


          At December 31, 2008, 48 thousand of the 153 thousand options had exercise prices between $8.83 and $11.91 with a weighted-average exercise price of $11.47 and an average remaining contractual life of 2.04 years. Exercise prices for 104 thousand of these options were between $15.63 and $17.23 with a weighted-average exercise price of $16.78 and an average remaining contractual life of 3.94 years. The remaining 1 thousand options outstanding at December 31, 2008 have an exercise price of $21.58 and an average remaining contractual life of 7.30 years. The average intrinsic value per share of stock options exercised during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $0, $9.55 and $10.39, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $0, $235 thousand and $412 thousand, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercised is the market price of a share of stock on the day of exercise less the option price. The aggregate intrinsic value of the options outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $0 and $30 thousand, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of the exercisable options outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $0 and $30 thousand, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at period-end is the market price of a share of stock on the last day of the period less the weighted-average exercise price times the number of options outstanding. The weighted-average remaining life of exercisable stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 3.36 years and 3.66 years, respectively. Shares issued upon exercise of stock options are issued from authorized but unissued shares.

          RECLASSIFICATIONS — Certain reclassifications of 2007 and 2006 balances have been made to conform with classifications used in 2008. These reclassification had no effect on shareholders’ equity or reported net income.

          RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies that the benefit of a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return should be recognized in a company’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained based on its technical merits. FIN 48 also prescribes how to measure the tax benefit recognized and provides guidance on when a tax benefit should be derecognized as well as various other accounting, presentation and disclosure matters. This interpretation was effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2007. The adoption of FIN 48 did not have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position.

          In September 2006, FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements. EITF Issue No. 06-4 addresses accounting for split-dollar life insurance arrangements after the employer purchases a life insurance policy on the covered employee. This Issue states that an obligation arises as a result of a substantive agreement with an employee to provide future postretirement benefits. Under EITF Issue No. 06-4, the obligation is not settled upon entering into an insurance arrangement. Since the obligation is not settled, a liability should be recognized in accordance with applicable authoritative guidance. The Company adopted EITF Issue No. 06-4 in the first quarter of 2008. The impact of the implementation of EITF Issue No. 06-4 was a reduction in retained earnings, and an increase in other liabilities, of $156 thousand.

          In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This pronouncement applies to other accounting standards that require or permit fair value measurements. Accordingly, this statement does not require any new fair value measurement. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. The adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a material impact on the results of operations or financial position.

          In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). This pronouncement requires an employer to recognize the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan (other than a multiemployer plan) as an asset or liability on its balance sheet. SFAS No. 158 also requires an employer to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. In addition, this statement requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of its year-end balance sheet date effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted the requirement to recognize the funded status of the benefit plans and related disclosure requirements as of December 31, 2006. The Company also adopted the requirements of SFAS No. 158 in 2006 related to the measurement date which resulted in a $39 thousand decrease in retained earnings. Adoption of SFAS No. 158 also resulted in an increase in liability for pension benefits and total liabilities of $1.656 million, an increase in deferred tax assets and total assets of $651 thousand and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income and total shareholders’ equity of $1.005 million. The effects of the adoption of SFAS No. 158 are disclosed further in Note 15.

68


          In September 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached regarding EITF Issue No. 06-5, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance — Determining the Amount that Could Be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin 85-4. The EITF concluded that a policyholder should consider any additional amounts included in the contractual terms of the life insurance policy in determining the “amount that could be realized under the insurance contract.” For group policies with multiple certificates or multiple policies with a group rider, the Task Force also tentatively concluded that the amount that could be realized should be determined at the individual policy or certificate level, i.e., amounts that would be realized only upon surrendering all of the policies or certificates would not be included when measuring the assets. This interpretation was effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2007. The adoption of EITF No. 06-5 did not have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position.

          In fiscal 2006, the Company adopted SEC SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. SAB No. 108 requires that registrants assess the impact on both balance sheet and the statement of income when quantifying and evaluating the materiality of a misstatement. Under SAB No. 108, adjustment of financial statements is required when either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that is material to a reporting period presented within the financial statements, after considering all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. The impact of adopting SAB No. 108 was a $258 thousand adjustment to retained earnings as of December 31, 2005. The Company’s adoption of SAB No. 108 is disclosed further in Note 24.

          In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141R”) which applies to all business combinations. The statement requires most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests and goodwill acquired in a business combination to be recorded at “full fair value.” All business combinations will be accounted for by applying the “acquisition method” (previously referred to as the “purchase method”). Companies will have to identify the acquirer; determine the acquisition date and purchase price; recognize at their acquisition-date fair values the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree; and recognize goodwill or, in the case of a bargain purchase, a gain. SFAS No. 141R is effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and early adoption is prohibited. It will be applied to business combinations occurring after the effective date. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 141R in the first quarter of 2009, as required, but does not expect the impact to be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

          In November 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings (“SAB No. 109”). SAB No. 109 rescinds SAB No. 105’s prohibition on inclusion of expected net future cash flows related to loan servicing activities in the fair value measurement of a written loan commitment. SAB No. 109 applies to any loan commitments for which fair value accounting is elected under SFAS No. 159. SAB No. 109 is effective prospectively for derivative loan commitments issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. SAB No. 109 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

          In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Award. The objective of this issue is to determine the accounting for the income tax benefits of dividend or dividend equivalents when the dividends or dividend equivalents are: (a) linked to equity-classified nonvested shares or share units or equity-classified outstanding share options and (b) charged to retained earnings under SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment. The Task Force reached a consensus that EITF Issue No. 06-11 should be applied prospectively to the income tax benefits of dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are declared in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2007. The Company adopted the provisions of EITF Issue No. 06-11 in the first quarter of 2008. The adoption of EITF Issue No. 06-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

          In March 2007, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 06-10, Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements. One objective of EITF Issue No. 06-10 is to determine whether a liability for future benefits under a collateral assignment split-dollar life insurance arrangement that provides a benefit to an employee that extends into postretirement periods should be recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 106 or APB Opinion 12, as appropriate, based on the substantive agreement with the employee. Another objective of EITF Issue No. 06-10 is to determine how the asset arising from a collateral assignment split-dollar life insurance arrangement should be recognized and measured. EITF Issue No. 06-10 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The Company adopted the provisions of EITF No. 06-10 in the first quarter of 2008. The adoption of EITF Issue No. 06-10 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

69


          In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment SFAS No. 115 (“SFAS No. 159”) which permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Most of the provisions in SFAS No. 159 are elective; however, the amendment to FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. The fair value option established by SFAS No. 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings (or another performance indicator if the business entity does not report earnings) at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option: (a) may be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for by the equity method; (b) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs); and (c) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159 in the first quarter of 2008. No assets or liabilities were selected for fair value measurement under SFAS No. 159.

Note 2. Business Combinations and Disposition

     Acquisition of The Peoples BancTrust Company

          On October 15, 2007, BancTrust completed its acquisition of 100 percent of The Peoples BancTrust Company, Inc., a bank holding company headquartered in Selma, Alabama that operated 23 branches throughout the central part of the state of Alabama. The acquisition of Peoples was accounted for under the purchase accounting method as required by United States generally accepted accounting principles. Under this method of accounting, the financial statements of the Company reflect results of operations and the financial condition of Peoples subsequent to October 15, 2007. Therefore, period-end balances subsequent to October 15, 2007 include Peoples’ total assets of approximately $969 million, total loans of approximately $612 million, total deposits of approximately $747 million, goodwill of approximately $54 million (none of which is deductible for tax purposes) and core deposit intangibles of approximately $11 million. The Company issued approximately 6.3 million shares of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. common stock and paid $38 million cash in connection with its acquisition of Peoples. The Company’s Board of Directors viewed the acquisition of The Peoples BancTrust Company, Inc. as an opportunity to achieve economies of scale by reason of its larger size, enhanced competitive position, and expanded market area. The purchase price was $146.7 million and was settled with 6.29 million shares of the Company’s common stock and cash of $38.6 million. The cash amount includes transaction costs of approximately $780 thousand. Each share was valued at $17.18, which was the five day weighted-average price per share based on volume for the measurement date and the two days before and after the measurement date. The measurement date was the first date on which the number of shares issued and other consideration in the Peoples acquisition became fixed without subsequent revision. The measurement date was August 8, 2007. As a result of the purchase, the Company recorded goodwill of $54 million and a core deposit intangible asset of $11 million.

          Assuming the October 15, 2007 acquisition of The Peoples BancTrust Company, Inc. had occurred on January 1 of the year presented, the consolidated results of operations on a pro forma basis (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 would have been as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2007

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2006

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Net interest revenue from continuing operations

 

 

$

79,159

 

 

 

$

81,506

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

 

8,264

 

 

 

 

19,638

 

 

Income per share from continuing operations — basic

 

 

$

.47

 

 

 

$

1.13

 

 

Income per share from continuing operations — diluted

 

 

 

.47

 

 

 

 

1.12

 

 

70


          A statement of net assets acquired for Peoples at the acquisition date of October 15, 2007 was as follows:

Statement of Net Assets Acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 15, 2007

 

 

 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

59,968

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

42,017

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

 

145,239

 

 

Loans and leases

 

 

 

634,474

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

 

(7,033

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

Loans and leases, net

 

 

 

627,441

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

 

36,091

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

53,850

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

11,210

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

23,345

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

999,161

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

$

795,564

 

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

 

45,065

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

11,828

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

852,457

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Net assets acquired

 

 

$

146,704

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

          The purchase price and goodwill arising from the purchase of Peoples are stated as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 15, 2007

 

 

 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Purchase price and goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase price

 

 

$

146,704

 

 

Peoples tangible shareholders equity

 

 

 

(82,818

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

Excess of purchase price over carrying amount of net tangible assets acquired

 

 

 

63,886

 

 

Purchase accounting adjustments (effect on Goodwill)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

 

(478

)

 

Loans and leases, net

 

 

 

(4,143

)

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

 

13,280

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

(73

)

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

 

166

 

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

 

(7,578

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

Total intangible assets

 

 

 

65,060

 

 

Core deposit intangible

 

 

 

(11,210

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

Goodwill

 

 

$

53,850

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

          Statement of Position 03-03, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer (“SOP 03-03”) addresses accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from an investor’s initial investment in loans or debt securities (loans) acquired in a transfer if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. It includes loans acquired in purchase business combinations and applies to all nongovernmental entities, including not-for-profit organizations. The SOP does not apply to loans originated by the entity. BancTrust identified $17.6 million of Peoples’ loans to which the application of the provisions of SOP 03-03 was required and charged-off approximately $293 thousand related to these loans in 2007. There were no charge-offs in 2008 relating to these loans. These loans continue to be classified assets or non-performing assets. The recognized interest income on such loans is immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Note 3. Restrictions On Cash and Due From Bank Accounts

          The Bank is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The average of those reserve balances for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was approximately $8.7 million and $15.7 million, respectively.

71


Note 4. Securities Available for Sale

          The following summary sets forth the amortized cost and the corresponding fair values of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

798

 

$

32

 

$

0

 

$

830

 

Obligations of U.S. Government sponsored enterprises

 

 

28,660

 

 

1,094

 

 

0

 

 

29,754

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

30,613

 

 

469

 

 

142

 

 

30,940

 

Other investments

 

 

2,909

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

2,909

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

155,502

 

 

3,037

 

 

1,093

 

 

157,446

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

218,482

 

$

4,632

 

$

1,235

 

$

221,879

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

1,097

 

$

15

 

$

0

 

$

1,112

 

Obligations of U.S. Government sponsored enterprises

 

 

97,148

 

 

1,055

 

 

116

 

 

98,087

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

37,888

 

 

541

 

 

55

 

 

38,374

 

Other investments

 

 

2,421

 

 

0

 

 

15

 

 

2,406

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

105,072

 

 

1,217

 

 

391

 

 

105,898

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

243,626

 

$

2,828

 

$

577

 

$

245,877

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          Securities available for sale with a carrying value of approximately $162.563 million and $186.340 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits of public funds and trust deposits. Additionally, securities available for sale with a carrying value of approximately $0 and $5.700 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged to secure repurchase agreements.

          Proceeds from the sales of securities available for sale were $27.358 million in 2008, $667 thousand in 2007 and $527 thousand in 2006. Gross realized gains on the sale of these securities were $265 thousand in 2008, $6 thousand in 2007 and $0 thousand in 2006, and gross realized losses were $79 in 2008, $3 thousand in 2007 and $44 thousand in 2006.

          Maturities of securities available for sale as of December 31, 2008, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Due in 1 year or less

 

$

26,185

 

$

26,518

 

Due in 1 to 5 years

 

 

25,059

 

 

25,876

 

Due in 5 to 10 years

 

 

7,200

 

 

7,490

 

Due in over 10 years

 

 

4,536

 

 

4,549

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

155,502

 

 

157,446

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

218,482

 

$

221,879

 

 

 



 



 

72


          The following table shows the Company’s combined gross unrealized losses and fair values on investment securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 


 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

$

2,587

 

$

98

 

$

2,122

 

$

44

 

$

4,709

 

$

142

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

19,887

 

 

1,092

 

 

421

 

 

1

 

 

20,308

 

 

1,093

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

22,474

 

$

1,190

 

$

2,543

 

$

45

 

$

25,017

 

$

1,235

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

 

 


 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Obligations of U.S. Government sponsored enterprises

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

26,727

 

$

116

 

$

26,727

 

$

116

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

8,718

 

 

55

 

 

8,718

 

 

55

 

Other investments

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

989

 

 

15

 

 

989

 

 

15

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,339

 

 

4

 

 

19,881

 

 

387

 

 

21,220

 

 

391

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

1,339

 

$

4

 

$

56,315

 

$

573

 

$

57,654

 

$

577

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          At December 31, 2008, the Company had 20 investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position or impaired for the less than 12 months’ time frame and 12 investment securities in an unrealized loss position or impaired for the more than 12 months’ time frame. All of these investment securities’ impairments are deemed by Management to be temporary. A large portion of these securities are backed by one-to-four-family mortgages. These securities have fluctuated with the changes in market interest rates on home mortgages. The securities not backed by one-to-four-family mortgages have changed due to current market conditions, and not due to credit concerns related to the issuers of the securities. The Company does not believe any other-than-temporary impairments exist related to these investment securities because the Company has the ability and intent to hold the securities until recovery.

Note 5. Loans, Leases and Other Real Estate Owned

          A summary of loans and leases follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

349,897

 

$

381,366

 

Real estate — construction

 

 

439,425

 

 

476,330

 

Real estate— mortgage

 

 

663,423

 

 

681,027

 

Consumer, installment and single pay

 

 

84,787

 

 

101,366

 

 

 



 



 

Total loans and leases

 

 

1,537,532

 

 

1,640,089

 

Less unearned discount leases

 

 

(5,204

)

 

(7,815

)

Less deferred cost (unearned loan fees), net

 

 

1,478

 

 

402

 

 

 



 



 

Total loans and leases, net

 

$

1,533,806

 

$

1,632,676

 

 

 



 



 

          In the normal course of business, the Bank makes loans to directors, executive officers, significant shareholders and their affiliates (related parties). Related party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other customers and in Management’s opinion do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans was $32.696 million at December 31, 2008 and $37.330 million at December 31, 2007. During 2008, $77.603 million of new loans and advances were made, and principal repayments totaled $82.237 million. Outstanding commitments to extend credit to related parties totaled $34.747 million at December 31, 2008.

          At December 31, 2008 and 2007, non-accrual loans totaled $72.498 million and $36.001 million, respectively. The amount of interest income that would have been recorded during 2008, 2007 and 2006, if these non-accrual loans had been current in accordance with their original terms, was $6.556 million, $2.374 million, and $1.211 million, respectively. The amount of interest income actually recognized on these loans during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.493 million, $1.816 million and $452 thousand, respectively.

73


          At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the recorded investments in loans that were considered to be impaired under SFAS No. 114 were $68.994 million and $50.078 million, respectively. Included in this amount is $19.965 million in 2008 and $19.865 million in 2007 of impaired loans for which the related allowance for loan losses is $6.712 million in 2008 and $2.304 million in 2007. The amounts of impaired loans that did not have specific allowances for loan losses were $49.029 million in 2008 and $30.213 million in 2007. The average recorded investment amounts in impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were approximately $52.167 million, $33.200 million and $9.685 million, respectively.

          The category commercial, financial and agricultural includes commercial leases of $37.210 million at December 31, 2008 and $48.447 million at December 31, 2007. These leases were acquired in the Peoples purchase.

          Loans include loans held for sale of $2.927 million at December 31, 2008 and $3.631 million at December 31, 2007 which are accounted for at the lower of cost or market value, in the aggregate.

          A summary of other real estate owned follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

46,252

 

$

10,648

 

1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,638

 

 

758

 

Non-farm non-residential properties

 

 

3,012

 

 

3,118

 

 

 



 



 

Total other real estate owned

 

$

50,902

 

 

14,524

 

 

 



 



 

          We carry our other real estate owned at the estimated fair value less any cost to dispose. A substantial portion of our other real estate is concentrated along the Gulf Coast of South Alabama and Northwest Florida which has seen a decline in the values of real estate. If real estate values in our Gulf Coast markets remain depressed for an extended period or decline further, our earnings and capital could be materially adversely affected.

Note 6. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

          The allowance for loan and lease losses is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

$

23,775

 

$

16,328

 

$

14,013

 

Balance acquired

 

 

0

 

 

6,740

 

 

0

 

Balance sold

 

 

(345

)

 

0

 

 

0

 

Provision charged to operating expense

 

 

15,260

 

 

12,435

 

 

4,594

 

Loans charged off

 

 

(9,288

)

 

(12,705

)

 

(2,638

)

Recoveries

 

 

1,281

 

 

977

 

 

359

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

30,683

 

$

23,775

 

$

16,328

 

 

 



 



 



 

Note 7. Premises and Equipment

          Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Estimated
Lives

 


 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Land and land improvements

 

 

 

 

$

22,406

 

$

23,902

 

Bank buildings and improvements

 

7-40 years

 

 

61,589

 

 

60,787

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

3-10 years

 

 

24,607

 

 

23,091

 

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of lease period or estimated useful life

 

 

2,668

 

 

2,657

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

111,270

 

 

110,437

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

27,682

 

 

22,103

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

$

83,588

 

$

88,334

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

74


          The provision for depreciation and amortization charged to operating expense in 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounted to $5.897 million, $3.872 million and $2.940 million, respectively.

Note 8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

          The Company had goodwill totaling $97.367 million at December 31, 2008 and $95.643 million at December 31, 2007, all of which was recorded at the Bank. There were no changes due to impairment in the carrying amount of goodwill. During 2007, goodwill increased $53.85 million due to the acquisition completed in the fourth quarter of 2007 and decreased $159 thousand due to the adoption of Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”).

          During 2008, BancTrust increased goodwill and other liabilities by $899 thousand to properly reflect the pension plan liability of Peoples at the acquisition date and increased goodwill and deferred tax liabilities by $1.7 million to properly reflect the deferred tax liability of the core deposit intangible. BancTrust also decreased other assets by $217 thousand, increased goodwill by $71 thousand and increased deferred taxes by $88 thousand to properly reflect the acquisition of Peoples. BancTrust also increased goodwill by $531 thousand, decreased other assets by $389 thousand, and increased other liabilities by $142 thousand to properly reflect investments in limited partnerships and the deferred liability related to an employee contract. BancTrust also sold three branches located in the Tuscaloosa, Alabama market on August 22, 2008. The branches were acquired as part of the Peoples transaction. Because the sale of these branches was in reasonable proximity of the closing of the Peoples purchase transaction, the Company recorded no gain or loss on the sale of these branches. The Company reduced goodwill by approximately $1.47 million and increased deferred tax liabilities by approximately $882 thousand, as a result of the premium the Company received on the deposits. The transaction had a small but positive effect on tangible equity and the regulatory capital ratios of the Company. In this sale of branches, the Company sold loans of approximately $24.6 million, premises and equipment of approximately $3.7 million and deposits of approximately $21.5 million. The Company received a premium of 11.20 percent on the deposits the Company sold. The loans and premises and equipment were sold in the transaction at their recorded carrying value.

          Management tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, the Company would recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess.

          Fair value of the reporting unit in 2008 was determined using two methods, one based on the price as a multiple of tangible equity capital for which similar units have sold and one based on discounted cash flow models with estimated cash flows based on internal forecasts of net income. These two methods provided a range of valuations that Management used in evaluating goodwill for possible impairment. The Company’s goodwill impairment testing for 2008, which was updated at December 31, 2008 as a result of the recent decline in the Company’s common stock price and net earnings, indicated that the Company’s goodwill was not impaired. As a result of the recent decline in the Company’s stock price and operating results, the excess of the fair value over carrying value narrowed in the Company’s assessment. If the Company’s stock price continues to decline, if the Company does not produce anticipated cash flows, or if similar units begin selling at significantly lower prices than in the past, the Company’s goodwill may be impaired in the future.

          The Company’s intangible assets subject to amortization were $9.477 million at December 31, 2008 and $12.978 million at December 31, 2007 with an original cost of $16.450 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007 and with accumulated amortization of $6.973 million at December 31, 2008 and $3.472 million at December 31, 2007. Amortization expense for core deposit intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $3.501 million, $1.227 million and $749 thousand, respectively. Intangible assets totaling $5.241 million are amortized over seven years, with a remaining amortization period of two years. Intangible assets totaling $11.209 million are amortized over fifteen years, with a remaining amortization period of fourteen years.

Note 9. Derivatives

          The Company acquired an interest rate floor contract in the Peoples purchase. Pursuant to the interest rate floor contract, the Company would have received payments from its counterparty if and when the stated prime rate of interest was less than 6.50 percent on May 6th, August 6th, November 6th or February 6th in a given year, until and including February 6, 2011. Payment amounts would have been determined by multiplying the spread between stated prime on a given measurement date and 6.50 percent, by a notional amount of $50 million. The contract had a fair value at the Peoples purchase date of $102 thousand. Changes in the interest rate floor were marked to market through the statement of income and were included in other income, charges and fees. At December 31, 2007, the

75


interest rate floor contract was carried at its fair value which was $650 thousand. The Company sold the interest rate floor contract in 2008 for a gain of $1.115 million.

Note 10. Deposits

          The following summary presents the detail of interest-bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-bearing checking accounts

 

$

268,613

 

$

275,410

 

Savings accounts

 

 

105,631

 

 

105,166

 

Money market savings accounts

 

 

211,021

 

 

353,810

 

Time deposits ($100,000 or more)

 

 

428,291

 

 

426,262

 

Other time deposits

 

 

436,661

 

 

425,036

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

1,450,217

 

$

1,585,684

 

 

 



 



 

          The following summary presents the detail of interest expense on deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-bearing checking accounts

 

$

2,000

 

$

2,987

 

$

2,204

 

Savings accounts

 

 

1,109

 

 

1,615

 

 

1,990

 

Money market savings accounts

 

 

5,472

 

 

6,846

 

 

2,859

 

Time deposits ($100,000 or more)

 

 

15,921

 

 

16,064

 

 

12,090

 

Other time deposits

 

 

15,488

 

 

16,459

 

 

10,944

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

39,990

 

$

43,971

 

$

30,087

 

 

 



 



 



 

          The following table reflects maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Than 1 Year

 

1 to 5 Years

 

6 to 10 Years

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

$100,000 or more

 

$

384,041

 

$

42,626

 

$

1,624

 

$

428,291

 

Other time deposits

 

 

386,978

 

 

44,940

 

 

4,743

 

 

436,661

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

771,019

 

$

87,566

 

$

6,367

 

$

864,952

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

76


Note 11. Short-Term Borrowings

          The Company classifies borrowings with original maturities of less than one year as short-term borrowings.

          The following is a summary of short-term borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

$

0

 

$

3,355

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

 

0

 

 

843

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

0

 

$

4,198

 

 

 



 



 

Weighted-average interest rate at year-end

 

 

N/A

 

 

4.10

%

Weighted-average interest rate on amounts outstanding during the year (based on average of daily balances)

 

 

1.81

%

 

2.47

%

          Information concerning securities sold under agreement to repurchase is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average balance during the year

 

$

2,010

 

$

3,028

 

$

9,557

 

Average interest rate during the year

 

 

1.33

%

 

2.43

%

 

4.41

%

Maximum month-end balances during the year

 

$

8,069

 

$

5,002

 

$

17,018

 

Interest rate at December 31,

 

 

N/A

 

 

2.50

%

 

3.50

%

          Information concerning federal funds purchased is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average balance during the year

 

$

1,296

 

$

47

 

$

50

 

Average interest rate during the year

 

 

2.55

%

 

5.06

%

 

4.76

%

Maximum month-end balances during the year

 

$

6,400

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Interest rate at December 31,

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

          Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase generally represented overnight borrowing transactions.

Note 12. Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Long-Term Debt

          The following summary presents the detail of interest expense on FHLB advances and long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

FHLB advances

 

$

2,641

 

$

2,986

 

$

3,348

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

1,910

 

 

2,663

 

 

1,537

 

Bank loan

 

 

2,586

 

 

543

 

 

527

 

Other

 

 

1

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

7,138

 

$

6,192

 

$

5,412

 

 

 



 



 



 

          The following is a summary of FHLB advances and long-term borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

FHLB advances

 

$

58,471

 

$

65,320

 

Note payable to trust preferred subsidiaries

 

 

34,021

 

 

34,021

 

Bank loan

 

 

20,057

 

 

38,000

 

Other

 

 

849

 

 

0

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

113,398

 

$

137,341

 

 

 



 



 

          FHLB borrowings are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

58,471

 

$

65,320

 

$

61,500

 

Average balance during the year

 

 

63,051

 

 

57,650

 

 

71,774

 

Maximum month-end balances during the year

 

 

68,287

 

 

86,547

 

 

81,500

 

Daily weighted-average interest rate during the year

 

 

4.19

%

 

5.18

%

 

4.66

%

Weighted-average interest rate at year-end

 

 

5.24

%

 

4.96

%

 

5.11

%

77


          The Company is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB). At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had FHLB borrowings outstanding of $58.471 million and $65.320 million, respectively. The FHLB advances are secured by the Bank’s investment in FHLB stock, which totaled $6.747 million and $7.098 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, by an interest-bearing deposit at the FHLB of $0 and $3.361 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and also by a blanket floating lien on portions of the Bank’s real estate loan portfolio which totaled $177.751 million at December 31, 2008. These borrowings bear interest rates from 0.08 percent to 7.03 percent and mature from 2009 to 2026. The FHLB advances require quarterly or monthly interest payments. If called prior to maturity, replacement funding will be offered by the FHLB at the then current rate.

          The Company created a business trust to issue trust preferred securities to finance a portion of a previous bank acquisition. This trust is not consolidated pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46R (“FIN 46R”), and the trust’s sole asset is a junior subordinated debenture to the Company in the amount of $18.557 million. This junior subordinated debenture matures in 2033 and requires quarterly interest payments. This junior subordinated debenture has a floating rate based on three month LIBOR plus 290 basis points. The Company has the option to repay this junior subordinated debenture. This junior subordinated debenture has covenants generally associated with such borrowings and with which the Company was not in default at December 31, 2008 and 2007. In December of 2006, the Company created a business trust to issue trust preferred securities to pay off a $7.500 million loan from an unrelated bank and for general corporate purposes. This trust is not consolidated pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46R (“FIN 46R”), and the trust’s sole asset is a junior subordinated debenture to the Company in the amount of $15.464 million. This junior subordinated debenture matures in 2037 and requires quarterly interest payments. This junior subordinated debenture has a floating rate based on three month LIBOR plus 164 basis points. The Company does not have the option to repay any part of this junior subordinated debenture until 2012. This junior subordinated debenture has covenants generally associated with such borrowings and with which the Company was not in default at December 31, 2008 and 2007. BancTrust has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities. The Company’s obligation under the guarantee is unsecured and subordinate to senior and subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The junior subordinated debentures are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2008

 

December 31,
2007

 

December 31,
2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

34,021

 

$

34,021

 

$

34,021

 

Average balance during the year

 

 

34,021

 

 

34,021

 

 

19,023

 

Maximum month-end balances during the year

 

 

34,021

 

 

34,021

 

 

34,021

 

Daily weighted-average interest rate during the year

 

 

5.61

%

 

7.83

%

 

8.08

%

Weighted-average interest rate at year-end

 

 

4.92

%

 

7.31

%

 

7.69

%

          At December 31, 2008, other long-term debt consists of a loan for $20.057 million from an unrelated bank to the Company. This loan was obtained in October of 2007 to finance a portion of the purchase of The Peoples BancTrust Company. This loan is secured by BancTrust’s stock in the Bank. This loan matures in October of 2010, requires quarterly interest payments and at December 31, 2008 had a floating rate based on one-month LIBOR plus 450 basis points. The Company has the option to repay any part of the principal at any time, and the Company made a payment of $18 million in 2008. This loan does not require periodic principal payments. As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s ratio of non-performing assets to total loans and other real estate owned was 7.79 percent, which exceeds the 5.00 percent allowed by the Loan Agreement governing the $20.057 million loan from Silverton Bank (formerly The Bankers Bank, N.A.). Silverton Bank has granted a waiver of the breach of the loan covenant regarding non-performing assets. This waiver only applies to the covenant breach as of December 31, 2008, and the situation will be reviewed again as of March 31, 2009. If the Company remains in breach of this covenant and is unable to obtain a waiver or amendment of the loan agreement, Silverton Bank would have the right to give notice of default. If the Company is unable to cure the default within ninety days of notice, then Silverton Bank would have the right to declare the entire balance of the loan due and payable, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and ability to pay dividends. Management continues to vigorously pursue a favorable resolution to this issue. In 2006 other long-term debt consisted of a loan for $10.000 million from an unrelated bank to the Company. This loan was obtained in January of 2004 to finance a portion of the purchase of CommerceSouth, Inc. This loan was secured by a portion of BancTrust’s stock of one of its subsidiary banks. This loan was to mature in 2008, required monthly interest payments and had a floating rate based on LIBOR plus 1.10 percent. The Company had the option to repay any part of the principal at any time without penalty and the Company repaid the loan in December of 2006 with part of the proceeds of a trust preferred offering. This loan required quarterly principal payments beginning March 2006, at which time the remaining principal was to be amortized over the remaining life of the loan.

78


          Our other long-term debt is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2008

 

December 31,
2007

 

December 31,
2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

20,057

 

$

38,000

 

$

0

 

Average balance during the year

 

 

37,902

 

 

8,016

 

 

8,473

 

Maximum month-end balances during the year

 

 

38,000

 

 

38,000

 

 

10,000

 

Daily weighted-average interest rate during the year

 

 

6.82

%

 

6.79

%

 

6.22

%

Weighted-average interest rate at year-end

 

 

4.93

%

 

6.79

%

 

N/A

 

          The following table reflects maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Than
1 Year

 

1 to 5
Years

 

5 to 10
Years

 

Over 10
Years

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

FHLB advances

 

$

22,046

 

$

25,075

 

$

9,873

 

$

1,477

 

$

58,471

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

34,021

 

 

34,021

 

Other long term debt

 

 

0

 

 

20,057

 

 

0

 

 

849

 

 

20,906

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

22,046

 

$

45,132

 

$

9,873

 

$

36,347

 

$

113,398

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

          BancTrust has elected to participate in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Under the program, on or before October 31, 2009, BancTrust may issue up to $37 million of qualifying senior unsecured debt that would be guaranteed by the FDIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Any debt issued under the program would be guaranteed until June 30, 2012 and BancTrust would be required to pay up to a 100 basis point fee on the outstanding balance during the guarantee period. As of December 31, 2008, BancTrust has not issued any debt under the program.

Note 13. Preferred Stock and Common Stock Warrants

          On December 19, 2008, BancTrust sold 50,000 shares of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury for $50 million dollars. Proceeds of $18 million from the sale were applied to repayment of the loan used by the Company to pay the cash portion of the purchase price of Peoples, and proceeds of $30 million were contributed to the Bank as capital after year-end to fund anticipated loan growth. The preferred stock has no par value and liquidation value of $1,000 per share. The shares of preferred stock qualify as Tier 1 capital and pay a cumulative annual dividend at a rate of 5 percent for the first five years. The dividend will increase to 9 percent after five years if the preferred stock has not been redeemed by the Company. The preferred stock may only be redeemed by the Company before the third anniversary of issuance with the approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, and then only with proceeds from the issuance of certain qualifying Tier 1 capital. The recently enacted ARRA removed the additional capital equity capital condition to early redemption. After three years, the Company may redeem shares of the preferred stock at any time for the liquidation amount of $1,000 per share, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. In conjunction with the issuance of the preferred stock, BancTrust issued the U.S. Treasury a warrant to purchase up to 731 thousand shares of the Company’s common stock at $10.26 per share, which would represent an aggregate investment, if fully exercised, of approximately $7.5 million in BancTrust common stock, or 15 percent of the value of the preferred stock. The warrant has a 10 year term. The U.S. Treasury may immediately exercise the warrant to purchase up to 50 percent of the shares of common stock underlying the warrant. It may only exercise the warrant with respect to the other 50 percent of the shares if the Company does not raise an additional $50 million of qualifying equity capital on or before December 31, 2009.

          BancTrust received from the U.S. Treasury $50 million in cash in exchange for 50 thousand shares of BancTrust’s preferred stock and for the warrant to purchase up to 731 thousand shares of BancTrust common stock. The Company calculated an estimated fair value for the preferred stock and the warrant and allocated the net proceeds from this sale to the preferred stock and warrant based on the relative estimated fair value of each. The estimated fair value of the preferred stock was calculated using a discounted cash flow assuming a market dividend yield for similar preferred stock (without warrants) of approximately 14 percent. The Company calculated the estimated fair value of the warrant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using a risk-free interest rate of 2.14 percent, an expected dividend yield of 4.72 percent, an expected average life of 10 years and an expected volatility based on the approximate volatility of the NASDAQ Bank Index of 30 percent. The Company calculated the estimated fair value of the preferred stock and the warrant to be $25.277 million and $1.538 million, respectively. Based on the relative fair value, the Company recorded the preferred stock at $47.064 million. The relative fair value of the warrant was $2.867 million ($3.92 per share of common stock for which the warrant is exercisable) and this amount was added to additional paid in capital. Transaction costs for the sale were $69 thousand.

79


          BancTrust is increasing its carrying value of the preferred shares to their redeemable value over 5 years using the constant yield method. This decreased net income available to common stock shareholders by $21 thousand in 2008 and will decrease net income available to common stock shareholders by approximately $516 thousand in 2009, $550 thousand in 2010, $587 thousand in 2011, $625 thousand in 2012, and $637 thousand in 2013. Dividends payable on the preferred shares decreased net income available to common stock shareholders by $90 thousand in 2008 and will decrease net income available to common stock shareholders by approximately $2.5 million for each of the years 2009 to 2013.

Note 14. Accounting for Income Taxes

          The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), on January 1, 2007 and recognized a cumulative effect adjustment of $228 thousand as an increase to the balance of retained earnings and a decrease in liabilities of $387 thousand. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 were $994 thousand and $668 thousand, respectively.

          A reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of the year

 

$

668

 

$

648

 

Increase (decrease) based on tax positions related to prior years

 

 

289

 

 

(78

)

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 

 

37

 

 

98

 

 

 



 



 

Balance at end of the year

 

$

994

 

$

668

 

 

 



 



 

          As of December 31, 2008, approximately $278 thousand of this amount would increase net income, and thus impact the Company’s effective tax rate, if ultimately recognized into income.

          It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties accrued relative to unrecognized tax benefits in their respective federal or state income tax accounts. The total amount of interest and penalties recorded in the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was $57 thousand and $75 thousand, respectively, and the amount accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was $354 thousand and $297 thousand, respectively.

          In many cases, our uncertain tax positions are related to tax years that remain subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. As a result of the expiration of statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits will materially decrease within the next 12 months. The amount of decrease that is reasonably possible is estimated to be $254 thousand.

          The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and file various returns in the states where their banking offices are located. The Company’s Alabama filed income tax return is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2004. The federal and remaining state filed income tax returns are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2005.

          The components of income tax expense from continuing operations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Current income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

5,211

 

$

1,569

 

$

7,061

 

State

 

 

236

 

 

23

 

 

73

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total current income tax expense

 

 

5,447

 

 

1,592

 

 

7,134

 

 

 



 



 



 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(5,138

)

 

632

 

 

(658

)

State

 

 

(604

)

 

(217

)

 

(173

)

 

 



 



 



 

Total deferred income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

(5,742

)

 

415

 

 

(831

)

 

 



 



 



 

Total income tax (benefit) expense

 

$

(295

)

$

2,007

 

$

6,303

 

 

 



 



 



 

80


          Total income tax expense from continuing operations differed from the amount computed using the applicable statutory Federal income tax rate of 35 percent applied to pretax income for the following reasons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Income tax expense at statutory rate

 

$

336

 

$

2,867

 

$

6,856

 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax exempt interest

 

 

(776

)

 

(835

)

 

(785

)

Reduced interest deduction on debt used to carry tax-exempt securities and loans

 

 

68

 

 

115

 

 

95

 

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

(249

)

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

(239

)

 

(126

)

 

184

 

Other, net

 

 

316

 

 

(14

)

 

202

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

(295

)

$

2,007

 

$

6,303

 

 

 



 



 



 

Effective tax rate

 

 

(30.7

)%

 

24.5

%

 

32.2

%

 

 



 



 



 

          The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

$

11,506

 

$

8,916

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

857

 

 

316

 

Accrued pension cost

 

 

2,636

 

 

1,430

 

Interest on non-performing loans

 

 

3,741

 

 

1,181

 

Loans acquired in business combination

 

 

1,213

 

 

1,495

 

Investment securities acquired in business combination

 

 

15

 

 

30

 

Other

 

 

1,281

 

 

2,244

 

 

 



 



 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

21,249

 

 

15,612

 

 

 



 



 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

 

 

(1,274

)

 

(759

)

Core deposit intangibles

 

 

(3,554

)

 

(3,135

)

Differences between book and tax basis of property

 

 

(8,966

)

 

(8,799

)

Loan origination cost

 

 

(939

)

 

(798

)

Leases

 

 

(5,749

)

 

(5,237

)

Other

 

 

(1,075

)

 

(1,686

)

 

 



 



 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(21,557

)

 

(20,414

)

 

 



 



 

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(308

)

$

(4,802

)

 

 



 



 

          A portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax asset relates to unrealized gains and losses on debt and equity securities available for sale. The related deferred income tax expense of $515 thousand was recorded directly to shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. A portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax asset relates to unrealized gains and losses on pension liabilities. The related deferred income tax benefit of $1.206 million was recorded directly to shareholder equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. A portion of the change in the net deferred tax liability relates to a business combination. The related deferred income tax expense of $2.438 million was recorded directly to goodwill. A deferred income tax asset of $498 thousand resulted from a cumulative effect of a change in accounting priciple in 2008. The remainder of the change has been recorded as deferred income tax benefit from operations.

          The Company has a state net operating loss carry forward in the amount of $2.638 million. The state net operating loss carry forward will begin to expire in 2027. Management believes it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient income to realize this deferred tax asset.

Note 15. Retirement Plans

          RETIREMENT PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF BANCTRUST FINANCIAL GROUP, INC — BancTrust maintains a pension plan that generally provides for a monthly benefit commencing at age 65 equal to 1 percent of the employee’s average monthly base compensation during the highest five consecutive calendar years out of the 10 calendar years preceding retirement, multiplied by years of credited service, not to exceed 40 years. The pension plan was frozen as of January 1, 2003, and no new hires after that date participate in the plan. BancTrust had accounted for its defined benefit pension plan using the actuarial model required by SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions. The compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefit has been recognized on the

81


projected unit credit method over the employee’s approximate service period. The aggregate cost method has been utilized for funding purposes.

          Effective December 31, 2006, BancTrust adopted SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). Under SFAS No. 158, the Company is required to recognize the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability on its balance sheet. This pronouncement also requires the Company to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income effective for years ending after December 15, 2006. During 2006, BancTrust changed the measurement date for the funded status of a plan as of its year-end balance sheet date from the November 30 measurement date used in prior years, which resulted in a charge to retained earnings of $39 thousand. Adoption of SFAS No. 158 also resulted in an increase in liability for pension benefits and total liabilities of $1.656 million, an increase in deferred tax assets and total assets of $651 thousand and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income and total shareholders’ equity of $1.005 million. Results for prior periods have not been restated.

          Changes during the year in the projected benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected
Benefit Obligation

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of the year

 

$

13,911

 

$

12,366

 

Service cost

 

 

608

 

 

572

 

Interest cost

 

 

810

 

 

703

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(416

)

 

(421

)

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

(1,257

)

 

691

 

 

 



 



 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

13,656

 

$

13,911

 

 

 



 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Assets

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of the year

 

$

12,042

 

$

10,024

 

Return on plan assets

 

 

(3,383

)

 

972

 

Employer contribution

 

 

976

 

 

1,467

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(416

)

 

(421

)

 

 



 



 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

9,219

 

$

12,042

 

 

 



 



 

          The following table reconciles the amounts BancTrust recorded related to the pension plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2008

 

December 31,
2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Funded status of plan, representing a liability on balance sheet

 

$

(4,437

)

$

(1,869

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, excluding income taxes, consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized prior service costs

 

 

35

 

 

18

 

Unamortized net losses

 

 

5,790

 

 

2,901

 

Net initial obligation

 

 

0

 

 

24

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

$

5,825

 

$

2,943

 

 

 



 



 

82


          During 2008, the pension plan’s total unrecognized net loss increased by $2.9 million. The variance between the actual and expected return on pension plan assets during 2008 increased the total unrecognized net loss by $4.4 million. Because the total unrecognized net gain or loss exceeds the greater of 10 percent of the projected benefit obligation or 10 percent of the pension plan assets, the excess will be amortized over the average expected future working life of active plan participants. As of January 1, 2008, the average expected future working life of active plan participants was 8 years. Actual results for 2009 will depend on the 2009 actuarial valuation of the plan.

          The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was $12.292 million and $12.05 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

          Components of the plan’s net cost were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Service cost

 

$

608

 

$

572

 

$

642

 

Interest cost

 

 

810

 

 

703

 

 

654

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(975

)

 

(831

)

 

(689

)

Net amortization

 

 

8

 

 

8

 

 

8

 

Recognized net loss

 

 

212

 

 

159

 

 

175

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net pension cost

 

$

663

 

$

611

 

$

790

 

 

 



 



 



 

          The weighted-average rates assumed in the actuarial calculations for the net periodic pension costs were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

Discount

 

 

5.90

%

 

5.90

%

 

6.75

%

Annual salary increase

 

 

3.50

 

 

3.50

 

 

3.50

 

Long-term return on plan assets

 

 

8.00

 

 

8.00

 

 

8.00

 

          The weighted-average rates assumed in the actuarial calculations for the benefit obligations at December 31 (the measurement dates) include the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

Discount

 

 

6.40

%

 

5.90

%

Annual salary increase

 

 

3.00

%

 

3.50

%

          The asset allocation of pension benefit plan assets at December 31 was:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Category

 

2008

 

2007

 


 


 


 

Equity Securities

 

 

68

%

 

66

%

Debt Securities

 

 

16

%

 

19

%

Other

 

 

16

%

 

15

%

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

100.00

%

 

100.00

%

 

 



 



 

          The change in unrecognized net gain or loss is one measure of the degree to which important assumptions have coincided with actual experience. During 2008, the unrecognized net loss increased by 20.8 percent of the projected benefit obligation. The Company changes important assumptions whenever changing conditions warrant. The discount rate is typically changed at least annually, and the expected long-term return on plan assets will typically be revised every three to five years. Other material assumptions include the rate of employee termination and rates of participant mortality.

          The discount rate was determined by projecting the plan’s expected future benefit payments as defined for the projected benefit obligation, discounting those expected payments using a theoretical zero-coupon split yield curve derived from a universe of high-quality bonds. A 1 percent increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the net periodic benefit cost for 2008 by approximately $80 thousand and $10 thousand, respectively, and decreased or increased the year-end projected benefit obligation by $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

83


          The expected return on plan assets was determined based on historical and expected future returns of the various assets classes, using the target allocations described below. Each 1 percent increase or decrease in the expected rate of return assumption would have decreased or increased the net periodic cost for 2008 by $100 thousand.

          We are allowed to invest pension assets in equity securities up to 70% of the plan assets; however, due to current economic conditions, we have chosen to invest less than this amount in equity securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Category

 

Expected
Long-Term
Return

 

Target
Allocation


 


 


Equity Securities

 

9.5

%

 

70

%

Debt Securities

 

6.0

%

 

20

%

Other

 

3.0

%

 

10

%

          The plan’s investment policy includes a mandate to diversify assets and invest in a variety of asset classes to achieve that goal. The plan’s assets are currently invested in a variety of funds representing most standard equity and debt security classes. While no significant changes in the asset allocation are expected during the upcoming year, the Company may make changes at any time.

          In 2008, BancTrust contributed $976 thousand to its defined benefit plan. BancTrust expects to contribute a combined $1.4 million to its pension plans in 2009. Funding requirements for subsequent years are uncertain and will depend on factors such as whether the plan’s actuary changes any assumptions used to calculate plan funding levels, the actual return on pension plan assets, changes in the employee group covered by the plan and any legislative or regulatory changes affecting pension plan funding requirements. For financial planning, cash flow management or cost reduction purposes, the Company may increase, accelerate, decrease or delay contributions to the pension plan to the extent permitted by law.

          At December 31, 2008, the pension plan is expected to make the following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as approximated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

2009

 

$

1,208

 

2010

 

$

990

 

2011

 

$

1,782

 

2012

 

$

1,683

 

2013

 

$

2,053

 

2014-2018

 

$

5,596

 

          THE PEOPLES BANCTRUST COMPANY, INC. PENSION PLAN — The Peoples BancTrust Company (“Peoples”) had a defined benefit pension plan. The Defined Benefit Pension Plan is a tax-qualified plan that covered all eligible salaried and hourly employees of Peoples. All contributions were made by Peoples to fund toward a targeted defined benefit based on years of service and compensation. A participant retiring at age 65 is eligible to receive a monthly single life annuity equal to 1.00 percent of final average monthly compensation times years of credited service, plus .65 percent of final average monthly compensation in excess of Covered Compensation times years of credited service (up to 35 years). Participants age 55 or older with 10 years of vesting service may retire prior to age 65 with a reduced benefit. New or rehired employees beginning employment after August 21, 2007 are not eligible to participate in the plan.

          Changes during the year in the projected benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected
Benefit Obligation
2008

 

Projected
Benefit Obligation
2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

15,089

 

$

15,229

 

Service cost

 

 

730

 

 

173

 

Interest cost

 

 

898

 

 

177

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(512

)

 

(121

)

Actuarial gain

 

 

(2,062

)

 

(369

)

 

 



 



 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

14,143

 

$

15,089

 

 

 



 



 

84


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Assets
2008

 

Plan Assets
2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at acquisition date

 

$

14,565

 

$

14,624

 

Return on plan assets

 

 

(1,995

)

 

62

 

Employer contribution

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(512

)

 

(121

)

 

 



 



 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

12,058

 

$

14,565

 

 

 



 



 

          The following table reconciles the amounts BancTrust recorded related to the Peoples pension plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2008

 

December 31,
2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Funded status of plan, representing a liability on balance sheet

 

$

(2,085

)

$

(524

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, excluding income taxes, consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized actuarial net (gains) losses

 

 

1,205

 

 

(232

)

Unamortized prior service cost

 

 

0

 

 

(9

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

$

1,205

 

$

(241

)

 

 



 



 

          During 2008, the Peoples pension plan’s total unrecognized net loss increased by $1.446 million. The variance between the actual and expected return on pension plan assets during 2008 increased the total unrecognized net loss by $3.0 million. Because the total unrecognized net gain or loss exceeds the greater of 10 percent of the projected benefit obligation or 10 percent of the pension plan assets, the excess will be amortized over the average expected future working life of active plan participants. As of January 1, 2008, the average expected future working lifetime of active plan participants was 9.3 years. Actual results for 2009 will depend on the 2009 actuarial valuation of the plan.

          The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was $13.030 million and $13.382 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

          Components of the Peoples plan’s net cost (2007 only represents the pension cost from the period of acquisition of Peoples on October 15, 2007 to December 31, 2007) were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Service cost

 

$

730

 

$

173

 

Interest cost

 

 

898

 

 

177

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(989

)

 

(199

)

Net amortization

 

 

(9

)

 

(5

)

Recognized net loss

 

 

23

 

 

14

 

 

 



 



 

Net pension cost

 

$

653

 

$

160

 

 

 



 



 

          The weighted-average rates assumed in the actuarial calculations for the net periodic pension costs were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount

 

5.90

%

 

6.00

%

Annual salary increase

 

3.50

 

 

5.00

 

Long-term return on plan assets

 

8.00

 

 

7.00

 

          The weighted-average rates assumed in the actuarial calculations for the benefit obligations at December 31, 2008 and 2007 (the measurement date) include the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 


 


Discount

 

6.40

%

 

5.90

%

Annual salary increase

 

3.00

%

 

3.50

%

          The asset allocations of pension benefit plan assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Category

 

2008

 

2007

 


 


 


 

Equity Securities

 

 

45

%

 

40

%

Debt Securities

 

 

45

%

 

47

%

Other

 

 

10

%

 

13

%

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

100.00

%

 

100.00

%

 

 



 



 

85


          The change in unrecognized net gain or loss is one measure of the degree to which important assumptions have coincided with actual experience. During 2008, the unrecognized net loss increased by 6.0 percent of the projected benefit obligation. The Company changes important assumptions whenever changing conditions warrant. The discount rate is typically changed at least annually, and the expected long-term return on plan assets will typically be revised every three to five years. Other material assumptions include the rate of employee termination and rates of participant mortality.

          The discount rate was determined by projecting the plan’s expected future benefit payments as defined for the projected benefit obligation, discounting those expected payments using a theoretical zero-coupon split yield curve derived from a universe of high-quality bonds. An increase or decrease of 1 percent in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the net periodic benefit cost for 2008 by approximately $80 thousand and $10 thousand, respectively and decreased or increased the year-end projected benefit obligation by $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

          The expected return on plan assets was determined based on historical and expected future returns of the various asset classes using the target allocations described below. Each 1.0 percent increase or decrease in the expected rate of return assumption would have decreased or increased the net periodic cost for 2008 by $100 thousand.

          We are allowed to invest pension assets in equity securities up to 70% of the plan assets; however, due to current economic conditions, we have chosen to invest significantly less than this amount in equity securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Category

 

Expected
Long-Term
Return

 

Target
Allocation


 


 


Equity Securities

 

9.5

%

 

70

%

Debt Securities

 

6.0

%

 

20

%

Other

 

3.0

%

 

10

%

          The Peoples plan’s investment policy includes a mandate to diversify assets and invest in a variety of asset classes to achieve that goal. The plan’s assets are currently invested in a variety of funds representing most standard equity and debt security classes. While no significant changes in the asset allocation are expected during the upcoming year, the Company may make changes at any time.

          BancTrust expects to contribute a combined $1.4 million to its pension plans in 2009. In 2008, BancTrust made no contributions to the Peoples plan. Funding requirements for subsequent years are uncertain and will depend on factors such as whether the plan’s actuary changes any assumptions used to calculate plan funding levels, the actual return on pension plan assets, changes in the employee group covered by the plan and any legislative or regulatory changes affecting pension plan funding requirements. For financial planning, cash flow management or cost reduction purposes, the Company may increase, accelerate, decrease or delay contributions to the Peoples pension plan to the extent permitted by law.

          At December 31, 2008, the Peoples pension plan is expected to make the following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as approximated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

2009

 

$

713

 

2010

 

$

803

 

2011

 

$

825

 

2012

 

$

897

 

2013

 

$

977

 

2014-2018

 

$

5,436

 

          SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN — The Bank maintains an unfunded and unsecured Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “Supplemental Plan”). The Supplemental Plan is designed to supplement the benefits payable under the BancTrust pension plan for certain key employees selected by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Each participant was a participant in a pension plan of another bank prior to employment by the Bank. The Supplemental Plan is designed to afford the participant the same pension that would be received under the BancTrust pension plan if the participant were given years of service credit, as if the participant was employed by the Company during his or her entire banking career, reduced by any benefits actually payable to the participant under the BancTrust pension plan and any retirement benefit payable under any plan of another bank. Benefits for total and permanent disability are supplemented in the same manner.

86


          In 2008, the Company changed its accounting policy with respect to the Supplemental Plan. Management believes the newly adopted accounting policy is preferable in the circumstances because it establishes a definitive accrual for each participant in the plan specifically responsive to the individual’s factors and variables, as applicable in the provisions of the Supplemental Plan. As it was determined to be impracticable to ascertain the period-specific effects of the change on all prior periods presented combined with the belief that such effects would be immaterial to the operating results and financial condition of such periods, the cumulative effect of the change to the new accounting principle was applied to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2008, the beginning of the earliest period to which the new accounting policy can be practically applied. At such date, the Company recorded the cumulative effect of applying this change in accounting principle by decreasing retained earnings by $829 thousand, increasing deferred tax assets by $498 thousand and increasing other liabilities by $1.327 million. The amount of the liability for the Supplemental Plan was $1.138 million at December 31, 2008. The discount rate utilized in measuring the liability was 5.90 percent at both January 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008. Amounts of postretirement expense under this Supplemental Plan were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

          SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN — BancTrust maintains the BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. Employee Savings and Profit Sharing Plan. Subject to certain employment and vesting requirements, all BancTrust personnel are permitted to participate in the plan. An eligible employee may defer up to 75 percent of his or her pay into the plan, subject to dollar limitations imposed by law. The employer makes a matching contribution as follows: $1.00 for every $1.00 on the first 2 percent of employee contribution, $0.75 per $1.00 on the next 2 percent of employee contribution and $0.50 per $1.00 on the next 2 percent of employee contribution. The Company may also, at its discretion, contribute to the plan an amount based on the Company’s level of profitability each year. The Company made total contributions of $833 thousand, $705 thousand and $1.007 million, respectively, during 2008, 2007 and 2006.

          DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN — The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan for certain executive officers and directors. The plan is designed to provide supplemental retirement benefits for its participants. Aggregate compensation expense under the plan was $80 thousand, $91 thousand, and $70 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company has purchased certain life insurance policies to partially fund the Company’s obligations under such deferred compensation arrangements. The amount of the liability at December 31, 2008 was $1.603 million.

          The Company maintains a grantor trust to allow its directors to defer their directors’ fees. Amounts earned by the directors are invested in the Company’s common stock. The plan does not permit diversification into securities other than the Company’s common stock and the obligation to the participant must be settled by the delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Company’s common stock. The director is allowed to defer a portion or all of his director fees. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the grantor trust held 100 thousand and 74 thousand shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock. These shares have been classified in equity as treasury stock. The related deferred compensation obligation payable in common stock is also classified in equity.

Note 16. Earnings Per Common Share

          Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding and the dilutive effects of the shares awarded under the 1993 and the 2001 Incentive Compensation Plans and the warrants issued in connection with the issuance of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury, assuming the exercise of all in-the-money options and warrants, based on the treasury stock method using an average fair value of the common stock during the respective periods.

          The following table presents the earnings per common share calculations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The Company excluded from the calculation of earnings per share 148 thousand, 38 thousand and 3 thousand shares for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, because those shares were subject to options issued with exercise prices in excess of the average market value per share.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings Per Common Share

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,145

 

$

6,186

 

$

13,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

17,540

 

 

12,521

 

 

11,151

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.07

 

$

0.49

 

$

1.19

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,145

 

$

6,186

 

$

13,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

17,540

 

 

12,521

 

 

11,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Dilutive effects of assumed conversions and exercises of common stock options, warrant and restricted stock

 

 

155

 

 

183

 

 

157

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common and dilutive potential common shares outstanding

 

 

17,695

 

 

12,704

 

 

11,308

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.06

 

$

0.49

 

$

1.17

 

 

 



 



 



 

87


Note 17. Regulatory Matters

          The Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends from the Bank. Dividends payable by a bank in any year, without prior approval of the appropriate regulatory body, are generally limited to the Bank’s net profits (as defined) for that year combined with its net profits for the two preceding years. The dividends, as of January 1, 2009, that the Bank could declare, without the approval of regulators, totaled $4.153 million.

          The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

          Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

          As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the most recent notification from the regulatory authorities categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 2 leverage ratios as set forth in the tables below.

          The Federal Reserve System allows bank holding companies to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital up to a maximum of 25% of Tier 1 capital less goodwill and any deferred tax liability. Under Federal Reserve guidelines, all $33.0 million of trust preferred stock issued by our business trusts is included by the Company in its calculation of Tier 1 and total capital.

          Actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below for the Bank and on a consolidated basis for the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 


 


 


 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

239,357

 

14.1

%

 

$

136,242

 

8.0

%

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

 

224,959

 

13.2

 

 

 

136,068

 

8.0

 

 

$

170,085

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

217,980

 

12.8

%

 

$

68,121

 

4.0

%

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

 

203,582

 

12.0

 

 

 

68,034

 

4.0

 

 

$

102,051

 

6.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

217,980

 

11.1

%

 

$

78,605

 

4.0

%

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

 

203,582

 

10.4

 

 

 

78,606

 

4.0

 

 

$

98,258

 

5.0

%

December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

196,640

 

10.8

%

 

$

145,188

 

8.0

%

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

 

227,035

 

12.5

 

 

 

145,747

 

8.0

 

 

$

182,184

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

174,191

 

9.6

%

 

$

72,594

 

4.0

%

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

 

204,586

 

11.2

 

 

 

72,874

 

4.0

 

 

$

109,310

 

6.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

174,191

 

8.9

%

 

$

78,627

 

4.0

%

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

 

204,586

 

9.9

 

 

 

82,358

 

4.0

 

 

$

102,948

 

5.0

%

88


Note 18.  Fair Value Measurement and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. SFAS No. 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The statement describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value: Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) or identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date. Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

          All of the Company’s available for sale securities fall into Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. These securities are generally priced via independent service providers. In obtaining such valuation information, the Company has evaluated the valuation methodologies used to develop the fair values. The Company has historically obtained an independent market valuation on a sample of securities, semi-annually, and compared the sample market values to market values provided to the Company by its bond accounting service provider.

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis:

          Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial liabilities for which the Company has elected the fair value option, are summarized below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008
(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying Value
on Balance Sheet

 

Quoted Prices In Active
Markets for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

$ 221,879

 

 

 

 

$ 221,879

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis:

          Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are summarized below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008
(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying Value
on Balance Sheet

 

Quoted Prices In Active
Markets for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Impaired Loans

 

 

$13,253

 

 

 

 

 

 

$13,253

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

$50,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

$50,902

 

          Loans considered impaired under SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of Loans, as amended by SFAS No. 118, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosure are loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are subject to nonrecurring fair value adjustments to reflect write-downs that are based on the market price or current appraised value of the collateral, adjusted to reflect local market conditions or other economic factors. After evaluating the underlying collateral, the fair value of the impaired loans is determined by allocating specific reserves from the allowance for loan and lease losses to the loans.  Thus, the fair value reflects the loan balance less the specific allocated reserve.  Impaired loans for which no reserve has been specifically allocated are not included in the table above.

          SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the Statement of Condition, for which it is

89


practicable to estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. Also, the fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to Management as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. Such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since those dates, and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

          The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

          CASH, DUE FROM BANKS AND FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD — For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

          SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE — Fair values for securities available for sale are primarily based on quoted market prices. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using market prices for similar securities.

          LOANS — For equity lines and other loans with short-term or variable rate characteristics, the carrying value reduced by an estimate for credit losses inherent in the portfolio is a reasonable estimate of fair value. The fair value of all other loans is estimated by discounting their future cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms, reduced by an estimate of credit losses inherent in the portfolio. The discount rates used are commensurate with the interest rate and prepayment risks involved for the various types of loans.

          DEPOSITS — The fair value disclosed for demand deposits (i.e., interest- and non-interest-bearing demand, savings and money market savings) is equal to the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates of deposit to a schedule of aggregated monthly maturities.

          SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS — For these short-term liabilities, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

          FHLB ADVANCES AND LONG-TERM DEBT — The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flows, based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate borrowings approximates their fair values.

          COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT AND STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT — The value of these unrecognized financial instruments is estimated based on the fee income associated with the commitments which, in the absence of credit exposure, is considered to approximate their settlement value. As no significant credit exposure exists, and because such fee income is not material to the Company’s financial statements at December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of these commitments is not presented.

90


          Many of the Company’s assets and liabilities are short-term financial instruments whose carrying amounts reported in the Statement of Condition approximate fair value. These items include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing bank balances, federal funds sold, other short-term borrowings and accrued interest receivable and payable balances. The estimated fair values of the Company’s remaining on-balance sheet financial instruments as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, due from banks and federal funds sold

 

$

42,693

 

$

42,693

 

$

117,556

 

$

117,556

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

42,376

 

 

42,376

 

 

11,215

 

 

11,215

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

221,879

 

 

221,879

 

 

245,877

 

 

245,877

 

Loans, net

 

 

1,503,123

 

 

1,515,484

 

 

1,608,901

 

 

1,605,334

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

1,662,477

 

$

1,668,604

 

$

1,827,927

 

$

1,831,472

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

4,198

 

 

4,198

 

FHLB advances and long-term debt

 

 

113,398

 

 

114,007

 

 

137,341

 

 

137,804

 

          SFAS No. 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements. The disclosures also do not include certain intangible assets, such as customer relationships, deposit base intangibles and goodwill. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

Note 19.  Commitments and Contingencies

          In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit, letters of credit and others, which are not included in the consolidated financial statements. These financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of amounts recognized in the financial statements. A summary of these commitments and contingent liabilities is presented below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Standby letters of credit

 

$

30,064

 

$

34,441

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

 

245,392

 

 

266,919

 

          The Company, as part of its ongoing operations, issues financial guarantees in the form of financial and performance standby letters of credit. Standby letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Company generally to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. A financial standby letter of credit is a commitment by the Company to guarantee a customer’s repayment of an outstanding loan or financial obligations. In a performance standby letter of credit, the Company guarantees a customer’s performance under a contractual non-financial obligation for which it receives a fee. The Company has recourse against the customer for any amount it is required to pay to a third party under a standby letter of credit. Revenues are recognized over the life of the standby letter of credit. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under its standby letters of credit at December 31, 2008 was $30.064 million, and that sum represents the Company’s maximum credit risk. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $300 thousand of unearned fees associated with standby letter of credit agreements. The Company holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary. Collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial property.

91


          The Company leases certain bank premises and equipment. The terms of these contracts vary and are subject to certain changes at renewal. Future minimum rental payments required under operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2008 are summarized below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year

 

Minimum Rental Payments

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2009

 

 

$

457

 

 

2010

 

 

$

418

 

 

2011

 

 

$

318

 

 

2012

 

 

$

180

 

 

2013

 

 

$

99

 

 

After 2014

 

 

$

1,529

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Total

 

 

$

3,001

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

          Rental expense under all operating leases amounted to $569 thousand, $456 thousand, and $380 thousand in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

          The Company and the Bank are the subject of claims and disputes arising in the normal course of business. Management, through consultation with the Company’s legal counsel, is of the opinion that these matters will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Note 20.  Non-Interest Revenue

          Components of other income, charges and fees are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Mortgage loan fees

 

$

1,147

 

$

2,077

 

$

2,574

 

ATM interchange fees

 

 

1,651

 

 

792

 

 

645

 

Other

 

 

3,631

 

 

2,257

 

 

1,514

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

6,429

 

$

5,126

 

$

4,733

 

 

 



 



 



 

Note 21.  Non-Interest Expense

          Components of other non-interest expense are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Advertising

 

$

546

 

$

848

 

$

758

 

Data processing

 

 

262

 

 

539

 

 

890

 

Other real estate (property taxes, insurance and maintenance)

 

 

1,371

 

 

208

 

 

26

 

Professional services

 

 

1,938

 

 

1,842

 

 

1,917

 

Stationery and supplies

 

 

1,085

 

 

1,100

 

 

968

 

Telephone

 

 

2,080

 

 

1,138

 

 

805

 

Other

 

 

11,512

 

 

8,488

 

 

6,165

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

18,794

 

$

14,163

 

$

11,529

 

 

 



 



 



 

Note 22.  Segment Reporting

          Under SFAS No. 131, Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, certain information is required to be disclosed for the reportable operating segments of the Company. During the second quarter of 2008, we merged our two previously reportable segments, BankTrust, incorporated in the state of Alabama, and BankTrust, incorporated in the state of Florida. Because we now operate and manage as a one-bank holding company, we no longer have any reportable segments. Our corporate governance activities likewise are now directed to a single reporting banking segment.

92


          Previously the Company had two reportable operating segments of the Company. The reportable segments were determined using the internal management reporting system. They were composed of the Company’s significant subsidiaries. The accounting policies for each segment were the same as those used by the Company as described in Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The segment results include certain overhead allocations and intercompany transactions that were recorded at estimated current market prices. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated to determine the consolidated balances. During 2007 the Company merged BankTrust of Alabama into BankTrust, headquartered in Mobile, Alabama. All prior segment information has been restated to reflect this merger. The results for the two prior reportable segments of the Company are included in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 


 

 

 

Alabama
Bank

 

Florida
Bank

 

BancTrust

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Total interest revenue

 

$

79,534

 

$

25,723

 

$

96

 

$

(1,328

)

$

104,025

 

Total interest expense

 

 

35,152

 

 

13,215

 

 

3,206

 

 

(1,328

)

 

50,245

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest revenue (expense)

 

 

44,382

 

 

12,508

 

 

(3,110

)

 

0

 

 

53,780

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

7,965

 

 

4,470

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

12,435

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses

 

 

36,417

 

 

8,038

 

 

(3,110

)

 

0

 

 

41,345

 

Total non-interest revenue

 

 

13,621

 

 

1,526

 

 

9

 

 

0

 

 

15,156

 

Total non-interest expense

 

 

34,554

 

 

9,687

 

 

4,067

 

 

0

 

 

48,308

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

15,484

 

 

(123

)

 

(7,168

)

 

0

 

 

8,193

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

4,943

 

 

(186

)

 

(2,750

)

 

0

 

 

2,007

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

10,541

 

$

63

 

$

(4,418

)

$

0

 

$

6,186

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Other significant items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,943,735

 

$

333,170

 

$

323,998

 

$

(360,809

)

$

2,240,094

 

Total investment securities

 

 

235,194

 

 

10,683

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

245,877

 

Total loans, net of unearned income

 

 

1,359,259

 

 

273,417

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,632,676

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

1,626

 

 

0

 

 

312,783

 

 

(313,388

)

 

1,021

 

Total interest revenue from customers

 

 

78,997

 

 

24,934

 

 

94

 

 

0

 

 

104,025

 

Total interest revenue from affiliates

 

 

537

 

 

789

 

 

2

 

 

(1,328

)

 

0

 

Depreciation of premises and equipment

 

 

2,762

 

 

1,110

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

3,872

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

786

 

 

441

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,227

 

Amortization and accretion of securities

 

 

16

 

 

70

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

86

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 


 

 

 

Alabama
Bank

 

Florida
Bank

 

BancTrust

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Total interest revenue

 

$

62,736

 

$

26,844

 

$

48

 

$

(1,440

)

$

88,188

 

Total interest expense

 

 

23,951

 

 

11,348

 

 

2,064

 

 

(1,440

)

 

35,923

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest revenue (expense)

 

 

38,785

 

 

15,496

 

 

(2,016

)

 

0

 

 

52,265

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

3,348

 

 

1,246

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

4,594

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

35,437

 

 

14,250

 

 

(2,016

)

 

0

 

 

47,671

 

Total non-interest revenue

 

 

9,521

 

 

2,109

 

 

14

 

 

0

 

 

11,644

 

Total non-interest expense

 

 

26,008

 

 

9,459

 

 

4,259

 

 

0

 

 

39,726

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

18,950

 

 

6,900

 

 

(6,261

)

 

0

 

 

19,589

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

6,347

 

 

2,367

 

 

(2,411

)

 

0

 

 

6,303

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

12,603

 

$

4,533

 

$

(3,850

)

$

0

 

$

13,286

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Other significant items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

999,087

 

$

351,719

 

$

175,169

 

$

(172,569

)

$

1,353,406

 

Total investment securities

 

 

110,001

 

 

8,497

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

118,498

 

Total loans, net of unearned income

 

 

719,392

 

 

285,343

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,004,735

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

754

 

 

0

 

 

166,947

 

 

(166,680

)

 

1,021

 

Total interest revenue from customers

 

 

61,296

 

 

26,844

 

 

48

 

 

0

 

 

88,188

 

Total interest revenue from affiliates

 

 

1,440

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

(1,440

)

 

0

 

Depreciation of premises and equipment

 

 

2,002

 

 

938

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

2,940

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

308

 

 

441

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

749

 

Amortization and accretion of securities

 

 

310

 

 

200

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

510

 

93


Note 23. Other Comprehensive Income

          Comprehensive income is the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. In addition to net income, the Company has identified changes related to other non-owner transactions in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity and other comprehensive income. In the calculation of other comprehensive income, certain reclassification adjustments are made to avoid double counting items that are displayed as part of net income and other comprehensive income in that period or earlier periods. The following table reflects the reclassification amounts and the related tax effect for the three years ended December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 


 

 

 

Before
Tax Amount

 

Tax
Effect

 

After
Tax Amount

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Unrealized gains arising during the period

 

$

1,348

 

$

506

 

$

842

 

Less realized gains included in continuing operations

 

 

(186

)

 

(70

)

 

(116

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net change in unrealized gains on securities

 

 

1,162

 

 

436

 

 

726

 

Net pension liability adjustment, substantially actuaurial losses

 

 

(4,330

)

 

(1,624

)

 

(2,706

)

 

 



 



 



 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(3,168

)

$

(1,188

)

$

(1,980

)

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 


 

 

 

Before
Tax Amount

 

Tax
Effect

 

After
Tax Amount

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Unrealized gains arising during the period

 

$

3,264

 

$

1,224

 

$

2,040

 

Less realized gains included in continuing operations

 

 

(3

)

 

(1

)

 

(2

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net change in unrealized loss on securities

 

 

3,261

 

 

1,223

 

 

2,038

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

 

(141

)

 

(53

)

 

(88

)

 

 



 



 



 

Other comprehensive income

 

$

3,120

 

$

1,170

 

$

1,950

 

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 


 

 

 

Before
Tax Amount

 

Tax
Effect

 

After
Tax Amount

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Unrealized losses decreasing during the period

 

$

114

 

$

43

 

$

71

 

Less realized losses from continuing operations

 

 

44

 

 

16

 

 

28

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net change in unrealized loss on securities

 

 

158

 

 

59

 

 

99

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

 

(291

)

 

(109

)

 

(182

)

 

 



 



 



 

Other comprehensive income

 

$

(133

)

$

(50

)

$

(83

)

 

 



 



 



 

 
At December 31, 2008 accumulated other comprehensive income was comprised of the following:
  December 31, 2008

 

 


 

 

Before
Tax Amount

 

Tax
Effect

 

After
Tax Amount

 

 


 


 


 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale

$

3,397

 

$

1,274

 

$

2,123

Pension related adjustments, including minimum liability and funding status

(7,030

)

(2,636

)

(4,394

)

 

 



 



 



 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

$

(3,633

)

$

(1,362

)

$

(2,271

)

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 24. Adjustment to Beginning Retained Earnings

          In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.” SAB No. 108 provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of prior-year uncorrected misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in the current year financial statements. SAB 108 requires registrants to quantify misstatements using both an income statement and balance sheet approach and evaluate whether either approach results in a misstatement that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. If prior year errors that had been previously considered immaterial now are considered material based on either approach, no restatement is required so long as management properly applied its previous approach and all relevant facts and circumstances were considered. If prior years are not restated, the cumulative effect adjustment is recorded in opening accumulated earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. BancTrust recorded the effects of application of SAB No. 108 using the cumulative effect transition method as an adjustment to fiscal 2006 beginning retained earnings. The Company had historically not properly accounted for lease payments, and, to correct this error, the Company decreased retained earnings by $258 thousand, increased deferred tax assets by $155 thousand and increased accrued leases payable by $413 thousand. Of the $413 thousand that should have been recorded as rental expense, $392 thousand should have been recorded in years prior to 2004, $42 thousand should have been recorded in 2004 and $9 thousand should have been recorded in 2005. These amounts were considered immaterial in years prior to 2006 but were considered material to 2006.

94


Note 25. Subsequent Events

          On February 27, 2009, the FDIC proposed amendments to the restoration plan for the Deposit Insurance Fund. This amendment proposes the imposition of a 20 basis point emergency special assessment on insured depository institutions as of June 30, 2009. The FDIC proposes to collect this assessment on September 30, 2009. The interim rule would also permit the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to ten basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. Based on the Company’s average deposits for the fourth quarter, this special assessment, if implemented as proposed, would equal approximately $3.4 million. This special assessment, if implemented as proposed, will have a significant impact on the results of operations of the Company for 2009.

          On March 5, 2009, the FDIC Chairman announced that the FDIC intends to lower the special assessment from 20 basis points to 10 basis points. The approval of the cutback is contingent on whether Congress passes legislation that would expand the FDIC’s line of credit with the Treasury to $100 billion. Legislation to increase the FDIC’s borrowing authority on a permanent basis is also expected to advance to Congress, which should aid in reducing the burden on the industry.

          The assessment rates, including the special assessment, are subject to change at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the FDIC.

Note 26. Condensed Parent Company Financial Statements

Condensed Statements of Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars and shares in
thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

34,140

 

$

4,600

 

Investment in bank subsidiaries

 

 

312,310

 

 

313,159

 

Other assets

 

 

4,797

 

 

6,239

 

 

 


 


 

Total assets

 

$

351,247

 

$

323,998

 

 

 


 


 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

$

54,078

 

$

72,021

 

Other liabilities

 

 

7,781

 

 

2,457

 

 

 


 


 

Total liabilities

 

 

61,859

 

 

74,478

 

 

 


 


 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock — no par value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares authorized — 500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares outstanding — 50

 

 

47,085

 

 

0

 

Common stock — $.01 par value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares authorized — 50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued — 17,811 in 2008 and 17,753 in 2007

 

 

178

 

 

178

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

193,458

 

 

189,683

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

 

 

(2,271

)

 

(291

)

Deferred compensation payable in common stock

 

 

1,674

 

 

1,432

 

Retained earnings

 

 

53,346

 

 

62,358

 

Treasury stock, 256 shares in 2008 and 2007, at cost

 

 

(2,408

)

 

(2,408

)

Common stock held in grantor trust, 100 shares in 2008 and 74 shares in 2007

 

 

(1,674

)

 

(1,432

)

 

 


 


 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

289,388

 

 

249,520

 

 

 


 


 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

351,247

 

$

323,998

 

 

 


 


 

95


Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cash dividends from subsidiaries

 

$

8,500

 

$

4,500

 

$

9,648

 

Other income

 

 

152

 

 

105

 

 

13

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total income

 

 

8,652

 

 

4,605

 

 

9,661

 

Interest expense — long-term debt

 

 

4,496

 

 

3,206

 

 

2,064

 

Expenses — other

 

 

949

 

 

1,317

 

 

1,848

 

 

 



 



 



 

Income before undistributed income (excess distributions) of subsidiaries

 

 

3,207

 

 

82

 

 

5,749

 

Equity in undistributed income (excess distributions) of subsidiaries

 

 

(1,951

)

 

6,104

 

 

7,537

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net income

 

 

1,256

 

 

6,186

 

 

13,286

 

Effective preferred stock dividend

 

 

111

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,145

 

$

6,186

 

$

13,286

 

 

 



 



 



 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,256

 

$

6,186

 

$

13,286

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in excess distributions (undistributed earnings) of subsidiaries

 

 

1,951

 

 

(6,104

)

 

(7,537

)

Other, net

 

 

3,137

 

 

(2,054

)

 

498

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

6,344

 

 

(1,972

)

 

6,247

 

 

 



 



 



 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash paid in acquisition

 

 

0

 

 

(31,792

)

 

0

 

Investment in trust preferred subsidiary

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

(464

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

0

 

 

(31,792

)

 

(464

)

 

 



 



 



 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends

 

 

(8,813

)

 

(6,400

)

 

(5,555

)

Proceed from issuance of long-term debt

 

 

57

 

 

38,000

 

 

15,464

 

Payment of long-term debt

 

 

(18,000

)

 

0

 

 

(10,000

)

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

47,085

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock warrants

 

 

2,867

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

0

 

 

265

 

 

442

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

23,196

 

 

31,865

 

 

351

 

 

 



 



 



 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

29,540

 

 

(1,899

)

 

6,134

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

 

4,600

 

 

6,499

 

 

365

 

 

 



 



 



 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

 

$

34,140

 

$

4,600

 

$

6,499

 

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

4,591

 

$

2,524

 

$

2,050

 

Income taxes payments received, net

 

 

2,335

 

 

3,248

 

 

2,258

 

Non-cash transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid in common stock

 

 

321

 

 

277

 

 

289

 

Fair value of restricted stock issued

 

 

372

 

 

108

 

 

1,393

 

Adoption of EITF 06-4

 

 

156

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

          As reported in its Form 8-K filed on May 13, 2008, the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors dismissed KPMG LLP on May 7, 2008. As reported on its Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2008, the Audit Committee appointed Dixon Hughes PLLC as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm on May 19, 2008.

96


Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

          The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K. Disclosure controls are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to Management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

          Based on their evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer believe the controls and procedures in place are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed complies with the SEC’s rules and forms.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

          Management of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting was designed under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of published financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

          Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

          Based on its assessment, Management believes that, as of December 31, 2008, BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

          BancTrust’s independent registered public accounting firm, Dixon Hughes PLLC, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of BancTrust’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, is included on page 57 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

W. Bibb Lamar, Jr.

F. Michael Johnson

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

97


Changes in Internal Controls

          There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

          None

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

          Certain information called for by Item 10 regarding BancTrust’s executive officers is included on page 18 in Part I of this Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” pursuant to General Instruction G. The balance of the information called for by Item 10 is set forth in BancTrust’s Proxy Statement for the 2009 annual meeting under the captions “VOTING SECURITIES — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS” and “CODE OF ETHICS” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

          The information called for by Item 11 is set forth in BancTrust’s Proxy Statement for the 2009 annual meeting under the caption “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

          The information called for by Item 12 is included on page 27 in Part II of this report on Form 10-K under the caption “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans.” The balance of the information called for by Item 12 is set forth in BancTrust’s Proxy Statement for the 2009 annual meeting under the captions “VOTING SECURITIES — Security Ownership of Directors, Nominees, 5% Stockholders and Officers” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

          The information called for by Item 13 is set forth in BancTrust’s Proxy Statement for the 2009 annual meeting under the caption “CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS AND MATTERS” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

          The information called for by Item 14 is set forth in BancTrust’s Proxy Statement for the 2009 annual meeting under the heading “INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS” and is incorporated herein by reference.

98


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

          (a) 1. Financial Statements:

          The following consolidated financial statements of the registrant and its subsidiaries and Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Item 8 above:

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2008 and 2007

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

          (a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules

          Financial statement schedules are omitted as they are either not applicable or the information is contained in the consolidated financial statements.

          (a) 3. Exhibits:

(3) Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.

          1. Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as Exhibit (3).6 to BancTrust’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 (No. 0-15423), are incorporated herein by reference.

          2. Amended and Restated Bylaws of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as Exhibit (3).2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 12, 2007 (No. 0-15423), are incorporated herein by reference.

          3. Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as an Exhibit (3).1 to BancTrust’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2008 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          4. Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as Exhibit (3).1 to BancTrust’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

(4) Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures.

 

 

 

 

1.

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as Exhibit (3).6 to BancTrust’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 (No. 0-15423), are incorporated herein by reference.

          2. Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as an Exhibit (3).1 to BancTrust’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2008 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          3. Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as Exhibit (3).1 to BancTrust’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          4. Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as Exhibit (3).2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 21, 2007 (No. 0-15423), are incorporated herein by reference.

99


          5. Specimen of Common Stock Certificate of South Alabama Bancorporation, Inc., filed as Exhibit (4).4 to the registrant’s annual report on 10-K for the year ended 1996 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          6. Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as Exhibit (4).1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          7. Specimen of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, Stock Certificate of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. filed as Exhibit (4).2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

(10) Material Contracts.

          1. *The Bank of Mobile Retirement Plan (Restated), dated September 12, 1990, filed as Exhibit (10).8 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year 1991 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          2. *Contracts pursuant to Supplemental Retirement Plan of The Bank of Mobile, N.A, effective January 1, 1988, filed as Exhibit (10).7 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year 1990 (No. 0-15423), are incorporated herein by reference.

          3. *Restated Contracts pursuant to Supplement Retirement Plan of The Bank of Mobile, dated April 1, 1992, filed as Exhibit (10).10 to registrant’s Form 10-K for the year 1992 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          4. *First National Bank Employees’ Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 1989, filed as Exhibit (10).13 to registrant’s Form 10-K for the year 1993 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          5. South Alabama Bancorporation 1993 Incentive Compensation Plan dated October 19, 1993 as adopted by shareholders May 3, 1994 filed as Exhibit (10).18 to registrant’s Form 10-K for the year 1994 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          6. Lease, entered into April 17, 1995 between Augustine Meaher, Jr., Robert H. Meaher individually and Executor of the Estate of R. Lloyd Hill, Joseph L. Meaher and Augustine Meaher, III, and The Bank of Mobile, filed as Exhibit (10).1 to registrant’s Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1995 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          7. Lease, entered into April 17, 1995 between Augustine Meaher, Jr. and Margaret L. Meaher, and The Bank of Mobile, filed as Exhibit (10).2 to registrant’s Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1995 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          8. Lease, entered into April 17, 1995 between Hermione McMahon Sellers (f/k/a Hermione McMahon Dempsey) a widow, William Michael Sellers, married, and Mary S. Burnett, married, and The Bank of Mobile, filed as Exhibit (10).3 to registrant’s Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1995 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          9. Lease, entered into May 1, 1995 between Augustine Meaher, Jr., Robert H. Meaher individually and Executor of the Estate of R. Lloyd Hill, Joseph L. Meaher and Augustine Meaher, III, and The Bank of Mobile, filed as Exhibit (10).4 to registrant’s Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1995 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          10. *Change in Control Compensation Agreement, dated as of November 14, 1995, between The Bank of Mobile and W. Bibb Lamar, Jr., filed as Exhibit (10).24 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year 1995 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          11. *Change in Control Compensation Agreements, between The Bank of Mobile or First National Bank, Brewton and certain officers filed as Exhibit (10).25 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year 1995 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          12. *Monroe County Bank Pension Plan as Amended and Restated January 1, 1989, filed as Exhibit (10).24 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year 1996 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

100


          13. *Amendment Number One to South Alabama Bancorporation 1993 Incentive Compensation Plan, dated May 9, 1997 filed as Exhibit (10).28 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year 1997 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          14. *Change in Control Compensation Agreement dated as of March 31, 1997, by and between the registrant and John B. Barnett, III, filed as Exhibit (10).29 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year 1997 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          15. Ground Lease Agreement, dated March 31, 1999, by and between Northside, Ltd. and the Alabama Bank, filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on July 2, 1999 (No. 333-82167), is incorporated herein by reference.

          16. *Amendment No. 2 to South Alabama Bancorporation 1993 Incentive Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on July 2, 1999 (No. 333-82167), is incorporated herein by reference.

          17. *South Alabama Bancorporation, Inc. 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan filed as Appendix B to the registrant’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 30, 2001 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          18. Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 7, 2005 between the registrant and Tombigbee Bancshares, Inc. filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2005 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          19. *Form of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2005, filed on Form 10-Q/A on August 26, 2005 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          20. *Form of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. Option Agreement — Incentive Stock Option (2001 Incentive Compensation Plan) filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2005, filed on Form 10-Q/A on August 26, 2005 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          21. *Form of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. Option Agreement — Nonqualified Supplemental Stock Option (2001 Incentive Compensation Plan) filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2005, filed on Form 10-Q/A on August 26, 2005 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          22. *Change in Control Compensation Agreement dated as of December 20, 2006, between BankTrust and Bruce C. Finley, Jr., filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 26, 2006 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          23. *Change in Control Compensation Agreement dated as of December 20, 2006, between BankTrust and Michael D. Fitzhugh, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 26, 2006 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          24. *Amended and Restated Deferred Stock Trust Agreement for Directors of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, filed as Exhibit 10.26 to registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 8, 2005 (No. 333-128183), is incorporated herein by reference.

          25. *Amended and Restated Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.27 to registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 8, 2005 (No. 333-128183), is incorporated herein by reference.

          26. *BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. Employee Savings and & Profit Sharing Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.28 to registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

101


          27. *Retirement Plan for Employees of South Alabama Bancorporation, Inc. filed as Exhibit 10.29 to registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 8, 2005 (No. 333-128183), is incorporated herein by reference.

          28. *First Amendment to the Retirement Plan for Employees of South Alabama Bancorporation, filed as Exhibit 10.30 to registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          29. *Second Amendment to the Retirement Plan for Employees of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.31 to registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          30. *Third Amendment to the Retirement Plan for Employees of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.32 to registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (No. 0-15423), is incorporated herein by reference.

          31. Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between The Peoples BancTrust Company, Inc. and BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. dated as of May 21, 2007 filed as Appendix A to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on July 7, 2007 (No. 333-144915) is incorporated herein by reference.

          32. Letter Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, between the Company and the U.S. Treasury including the Securities Purchase Agreement attached thereto, filed as Exhibit (10).1 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          33. *Form of Waiver executed by each of W. Bibb Lamar, Jr., F. Michael Johnson, Michael D. Fitzhugh, Bruce C. Finley, Jr. and Edward T. Livingston, filed as Exhibit (10).2 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          34. *Form of letter agreement, executed by each of W. Bibb Lamar, Jr., F. Michael Johnson, Michael D. Fitzhugh, Bruce C. Finley, Jr. and Edward T. Livingston, filed as Exhibit (10).3 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          35. *Change in Control Compensation Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009, between BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., BankTrust and W. Bibb Lamar, Jr., filed as Exhibit (10).4 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          36. *Change in Control Compensation Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009, between BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., BankTrust and F. Michael Johnson, filed as Exhibit (10).5 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          37. *Change in Control Compensation Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009, between BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., BankTrust and Michael D. Fitzhugh, filed as Exhibit (10).6 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          38. *Change in Control Compensation Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009, between BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., BankTrust and Bruce C. Finley, Jr., filed as Exhibit (10).7 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          39. *Change in Control Compensation Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009, between BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., BankTrust and Edward T. Livingston, filed as Exhibit (10).8 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          40. *Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit (10).9 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          41. *Form of Nonqualified Supplement Stock Option Agreement, filed as Exhibit (10).10 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          42. *Amended and Restated Director Deferred Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit (10).11 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

          43. *Amended and Restated Deferred Stock Trust Agreement for Directors of BancTrust, filed as Exhibit (10).12 to registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (No. 0-15423) is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 


*

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement identified pursuant to Item 14(a)(3) of Form 10-K.

102


(18) Letter regarding change in accounting principles.

          1. Letter from Dixon Hughes PPLC re: change in Accounting Principles.

(21) Subsidiaries of the registrant.

          1. Subsidiaries of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc filed as Exhibit (21).1 to registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on October 6, 2008 (No. 333-153871), is incorporated herein by reference.

(23) Consents.

          1. Consent of KPMG LLP.

          2. Consent of Dixon Hughes PLLC.

(31) Rule 13(a)-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) Certifications.

          1. Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

          2. Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

(32) Section 1350 certifications.

          1. Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

          2. Certification by the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

103


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

BANCTRUST FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ F. Michael Johnson

 

 

F. Michael Johnson

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Dated: March 20, 2009

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date


 


 


/s/ W. Bibb Lamar, Jr.

 

President and CEO

 

March 20, 2009


 

(Principal executive officer)

 

 

W. Bibb Lamar, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ F. Michael Johnson

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

March 20, 2009


 

(Principal financial and accounting officer)

 

 

F. Michael Johnson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Tracy T. Conerly

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009 


 

 

 

 

Tracy T. Conerly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen G. Crawford

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

Stephen G. Crawford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David C. De Laney

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

David C. De Laney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert M. Dixon, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

Robert M. Dixon, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James A. Faulkner

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

James A. Faulkner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Broox G. Garrett, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

Broox G. Garrett, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ W. Dwight Harrigan

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

W. Dwight Harrigan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 


 

 

 

 

Clifton C. Inge, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ W. Bibb Lamar, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

W. Bibb Lamar, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John H. Lewis, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

John H. Lewis, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Harris V. Morrissette

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

Harris V. Morrissette

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Stephen Nelson

 

Director and Chairman

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

J. Stephen Nelson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul D. Owens, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

Paul D. Owens, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dennis A. Wallace

 

Director

 

March 20, 2009


 

 

 

 

Dennis A. Wallace

 

 

 

 

104


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

SEC Assigned
Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

 

Page No.


 


 


18.1

 

Letter from Dixon Hughes PLLC re: Change in Accounting Principles

 

98

 

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

107

 

23.2

 

Consent of Dixon Hughes PLLC

 

108

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

109

 

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

110

 

32.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

111

 

32.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

112

105


EX-18.1 2 i00043_ex18-1.htm

 

Exhibit 18.1

 

 

Preferability Letter Regarding Change in Accounting Policy

 

March 20, 2009

 

Board of Directors

BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.

Mobile, Alabama

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have audited the 2008 consolidated financial statements of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and issued our report thereon dated March 20, 2009. As stated in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company changed its accounting policy relating to a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). With regard to the aforementioned accounting change, authoritative criteria have not been established for evaluating the preferability of one acceptable method of accounting over another acceptable method.

 

Based upon our understanding of management’s stated reasons and justification for this change in accounting principle as disclosed in the Form 10-K, including our discussion with Company officials as to the circumstances, business judgment and planning that formed the basis for making this change in accounting policy, we concur with management that the newly adopted accounting policy described in Note 15 is preferable in the Company’s circumstances.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Dixon Hughes PLLC

 

 

 


EX-23.1 3 i00043_ex23-1.htm

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos. 333-71910, 333-87659, 333-76575, 333-106621, and 333-143806) on Form S-8 and (Nos. 333-115129 and 333-153871) on Form S-3 of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. of our report dated March 17, 2008, with respect to the consolidated statement of condition of the BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007.

Our report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements refers to the Company’s changes in accounting for uncertainties in income taxes during 2007 and accounting for share-based payment, evaluating prior year misstatements, and accounting for defined benefit pension plans during 2006.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Birmingham, Alabama
March 20, 2009

 

107


EX-23.2 4 i00043_ex23-2.htm

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors

BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-71910, 333-87659, 333-76575, 333-106621, and 333-143806) on Forms S-8 and (Nos. 333-153871 and 333-115129) on Forms S-3 of our reports, dated March 20, 2009, related to the consolidated statement of condition of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income and cash flows for the year then ended, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which reports appear in BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.’s 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K. As referenced in our report and as further described in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its accounting method of measuring the liability and related expense of a supplemental retirement plan in 2008.

/s/ Dixon Hughes PLLC

Atlanta, Georgia
March 20, 2009

108


EX-31.1 5 i00043_ex31-1.htm

Exhibit 31.1

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, W. Bibb Lamar, Jr., certify that:

          1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.;

          2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

          3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

          4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

          a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

          b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

          c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

          d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

          5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

          a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

          b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


 

 

 

/s/ W. Bibb Lamar, Jr.

 


 

W. Bibb Lamar, Jr.

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Date: March 20, 2009

 

109


EX-31.2 6 i00043_ex31-2.htm

Exhibit 31.2

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, F. Michael Johnson, certify that:

          1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.;

          2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

          3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

          4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

          a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

          b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

          c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

          d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

          5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

          a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

          b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


 

 

 

/s/ F. Michael Johnson

 


 

F. Michael Johnson

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Date: March 20, 2009

 

110


EX-32.1 7 i00043_ex32-1.htm

Exhibit 32.1

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U. S. C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

          Pursuant to 18 U.S. C. Section 1350, I, W. Bibb Lamar, Jr., hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, the Annual Report on Form 10-K of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.

 

 

 

/s/ W. Bibb Lamar, Jr.

 


 

W. Bibb Lamar, Jr.

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

March 20, 2009

 

          This certification accompanies this Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by such Act, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

111


EX-32.2 8 i00043_ex32-2.htm

Exhibit 32.2

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U. S. C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

          Pursuant to 18 U.S. C. Section 1350, I, F. Michael Johnson, hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, the Annual Report on Form 10-K of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.

 

 

 

/s/ F. Michael Johnson

 


 

F. Michael Johnson

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

March 20, 2009

 

          This certification accompanies this Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by such Act, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

112


-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----